Document:

Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 2, 2003

 EXHIBIT 4.17 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

  
 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

  
 ISSUER 
  
 $230,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT 
  
 OF 
  
 4% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2010 
  

  
 FIRST 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL 
  
 INDENTURE 
  
 DATED AS OF JULY 2, 2003 
  
 TO THE INDENTURE 
  
 DATED AS OF JULY 2, 2003 
  
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK 
  
 TRUSTEE

  

  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 	  	Page

	ARTICLE 1	  	 
		
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	 
		
	 Section 1.01. Definitions
	  	1
	 Section 1.02. Other Definitions
	  	6
	 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	7
	 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction
	  	7
		
	ARTICLE 2	  	 
		
	THE SECURITIES	  	 
		
	 Section 2.01. Issuance; Form and Dating
	  	7
	 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication
	  	8
	 Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent
	  	9
	 Section 2.04. Maintenance of Office or Agency; Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	9
	 Section 2.05. Holder Lists
	  	9
	 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	  	10
	 Section 2.07. Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements
	  	10
	 Section 2.08. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities
	  	12
	 Section 2.09. Outstanding Securities
	  	13
	 Section 2.10. Treasury Securities
	  	13
	 Section 2.11. Temporary Securities
	  	13
	 Section 2.12. Cancelation
	  	13
	 Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest
	  	13
	 Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers
	  	14
	 Section 2.15. No Sinking Fund
	  	14
		
	ARTICLE 3	  	 
		
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	 
		
	 Section 3.01. Redemption of Notes
	  	14
	 Section 3.02. Notices to Trustee
	  	14
	 Section 3.03. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed
	  	14
	 Section 3.04. Notice of Redemption
	  	15
	 Section 3.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	15
	 Section 3.06. Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	15
	 Section 3.07. Securities Redeemed in Part
	  	16
		
	ARTICLE 4	  	 
		
	CONVERSION OF SECURITIES	  	 
		
	 Section 4.01. Conversion Privilege
	  	16
	 Section 4.02. Conversion Rate
	  	16

	 Section 4.03. Exercise of Conversion Privilege; Effect of Conversion
	  	16
	 Section 4.04. Fractions of Common Stock Shares
	  	18
	 Section 4.05. Adjustment of Conversion Rate
	  	18
	 Section 4.06. Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate
	  	24
	 Section 4.07. Notice of Certain Corporate Action
	  	24
	 Section 4.08. Company to Reserve Common Stock
	  	25
	 Section 4.09. Taxes on Conversions
	  	25
	 Section 4.10. Covenant as to Common Stock
	  	25
	 Section 4.11. Cancellation of Converted Securities
	  	25
	 Section 4.12. Provisions in Case of Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets
	  	25
	 Section 4.13. Right of Holders to Convert
	  	26
		
	ARTICLE 5	  	 
		
	 REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT THE OPTION OF
 THE HOLDERS UPON A DESIGNATED EVENT
	  	 
		
	 Section 5.01. Repurchase at Option of Holders upon a Designated Event
	  	26
		
	ARTICLE 6	  	 
		
	COVENANTS	  	 
		
	 Section 6.01. Payment of Securities
	  	29
	 Section 6.02. Reports
	  	29
	 Section 6.03. Compliance Certificate
	  	29
	 Section 6.04. Taxes
	  	30
	 Section 6.05. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	30
	 Section 6.06. Corporate Existence
	  	30
		
	ARTICLE 7	  	 
		
	SUCCESSORS	  	 
		
	 Section 7.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
	  	31
	 Section 7.02. Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	31
		
	ARTICLE 8	  	 
		
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 
		
	 Section 8.01. Events of Default
	  	31
	 Section 8.02. Acceleration
	  	32
	 Section 8.03. Other Remedies
	  	33
	 Section 8.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	33
	 Section 8.05. Control by Majority
	  	33
	 Section 8.06. Limitation on Suits
	  	33
	 Section 8.07. Rights of Holders of Securities to Receive Payment
	  	34
	 Section 8.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	34
	 Section 8.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	34
	 Section 8.10. Priorities
	  	34
	 Section 8.11. Undertaking for Costs
	  	35

		
	ARTICLE 9	  	 
		
	TRUSTEE	  	 
		
	 Section 9.01. Duties of Trustee
	  	35
	 Section 9.02. Rights of Trustee
	  	36
	 Section 9.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	36
	 Section 9.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	36
	 Section 9.05. Notice of Defaults
	  	37
	 Section 9.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Securities
	  	37
	 Section 9.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	  	37
	 Section 9.08. Replacement of Trustee
	  	38
	 Section 9.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
	  	38
	 Section 9.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	39
	 Section 9.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	39
		
	ARTICLE 10	  	 
		
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 
		
	 Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders of Securities
	  	39
	 Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders of Securities
	  	39
	 Section 10.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	41
	 Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	41
	 Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities
	  	41
	 Section 10.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
	  	41
		
	ARTICLE 11	  	 
		
	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
		
	 Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	41
	 Section 11.02. Notices
	  	42
	 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Securities with Other Holders of Securities
	  	42
	 Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	43
	 Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	43
	 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	43
	 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	43
	 Section 11.08. Governing Law
	  	43
	 Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	44
	 Section 11.10. Successors
	  	44
	 Section 11.11. Severability
	  	44
	 Section 11.12. Counterpart Originals
	  	44
	 Section 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc
	  	44

 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of July 2, 2003 to
the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of July 2, 2003 between Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware corporation, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 The Company (as defined below) and the Trustee agree as follows for the
benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010 issued under this Supplemental Indenture (the “Securities”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01. Definitions. The following terms shall have the
following meanings: 
  
 “Affiliate” of any
specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative
meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. 

 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or
co-registrar. 
  
 “Applicable Procedures” means,
with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that are applicable to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar
federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board
of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors. 
  
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been adopted
by the Board of Directors or pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of the certificate and delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

  

	 	(2)	 	in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

  

	 	(3)	 	in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 

	 	(4)	 	any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

  
 “CCUK” means Crown Castle UK
Holdings Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and its successors. 
  
 “Certificated Security” means a Security that is in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and that does not include the
information or the schedule called for by footnotes 1, 2 and 3 thereof. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

  

	 	(2)	 	the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

  

	 	(3)	 	the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above),
other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have
“beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or indirectly, of
more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power rather than number of shares); provided, however, that transfers of Equity Interests in the Company between or among the beneficial owners of the Company’s
Equity Interests and/or Equity Interests in CCUK, in each case as of June 26, 2000, will not be deemed to cause a Change of Control under this clause (3) so long as no single Person together with its Affiliates acquires a beneficial interest in more
of the Voting Stock of the Company than is at the time collectively beneficially owned by the Principals and their Related Parties; 

  

	 	(4)	 	the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors; or 

  

	 	(5)	 	the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction
in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person constituting
a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance); or 

  

 2 

	 	(b)	 	the Principals and their Related Parties own a majority of such outstanding shares after such transaction. 

  
 “Closing Price”, with respect to any Conversion Date, means
the Sale Price on the Trading Day prior to such Conversion Date. 
  
 “Company” means Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Company Order” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by two Officers, one of whom must be the Company’s principal
executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the board of directors of the Company who: (1) was a member of such board of directors on August 3, 1999; (2) was nominated
for election or elected to such board of directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such board of directors at the time of such nomination or election; or (3) is a designee of a Principal or was
nominated by a Principal. 
  
 “Corporate Trust
Office” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as Custodian with respect to the Securities in global form, or any successor
entity thereto. 
  
 “Default” means any event
that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Designated Event” means a Change of Control and/or a Termination of Trading. 
  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Foreign Currency” means any currency or currency unit issued by a government other than the government of
The United States of America. 
  
 “GAAP” means
generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 “Global Security” means a global security that is in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A and that includes the information and schedule called for by footnotes 1, 2 and 3 thereof and which is deposited with the Depositary or its custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. 
  
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or
obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
  

 3 

 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means (without duplication), with respect to
any Person, any indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured, contingent or otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof),
or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (excluding any balances that constitute accounts payable or trade payables, and other accrued
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business) if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Indenture” means the Indenture as defined in the preamble
hereto, as amended or further supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is
a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction). 
  
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on
behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section
11.04 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an
opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any such entity or substantially all of the assets of any
such entity, subdivision or business). 
  
 “Principals” means Berkshire Fund III, Limited Partnership; Berkshire Fund IV, Limited Partnership; Berkshire Investors LLC; Berkshire Partners LLC; Centenial Fund IV, L.P.; Centenial Fund V, L.P.; Centenial Entrepreneurs
Fund V, L.P.; Nassau Capital Partners II, L.P.; and NAS Partners I, L.L.C., and any Related Party of the foregoing. 
  

 4 

 “Related Party” with respect to any Principal means: (1) any controlling stockholder,
80% (or more) owned Subsidiary of such Principal; or (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, members, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which
consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 
  
 “Responsible Officer” with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other
officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is an not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Sale Price” on any date means the closing per share sale
price (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and average ask prices) of the Common Stock on such date as reported in the composite
transactions for the principal United States securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a United States national or regional stock exchange, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market. In the
absence of such quotations, the Company shall be entitled to determine the Sale Price on the basis of such quotations as it considers appropriate. Sale Price shall be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

  
 “Securities” has the meaning assigned to it
in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that would be a “significant subsidiary” of such Person as defined in Article 1, Rule
1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof, except that all references to “10 percent” in Rule 1-02(w)(1), (2) and (3) shall mean “5 percent” and that
all Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company shall be excluded from all calculations under Rule 1-02(w). 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

  

	 	(2)	 	any partnership: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; or 

  

 5 

	 	(b)	 	the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 

  
 “Termination of Trading” means any occurrence after which
the Common Stock (or other common stock into which the Securities are then convertible) is neither listed for trading on a United States national securities exchange nor approved for trading on the Nasdaq National Market. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
  
 “Trading Day” means, in respect of any securities exchange or securities market, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday,
other than any day on which securities are not traded on the applicable securities exchange or in the applicable securities market. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Supplemental Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
  
 “Underwriting Agreement” means the Underwriting Agreement dated as of June 26, 2003, between the Company and the respective Underwriters set forth in Schedule I thereto relating to the offer and sale
of the Securities. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary”
means any Subsidiary of the Company that is an “unrestricted subsidiary” under any of the indentures or other instruments of Indebtedness relating to the Company’s Indebtedness, whether existing as of the date hereof or entered into
after the date hereof. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any
Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person. 
  
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

	 Term

	  	Defined in
Section

	 
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.01	(c)
	 “Common Stock”
	  	4.01	(a)
	 “Conversion Agent”
	  	2.03	(a)
	 “Conversion Notice”
	  	4.03	(a)
	 “Conversion Rate”
	  	4.02	 
	 “Current Market Price”
	  	4.05	(i)
	 “Depository”
	  	2.01	(a)
	 “Designated Event Date”
	  	5.01	(a)
	 “Designated Event Offer”
	  	5.01	(a)
	 “Designated Event Purchase Date”
	  	5.01	(a)
	 “Designated Event Purchase Notice”
	  	5.01	(b)
	 “Designated Event Purchase Price”
	  	5.01	(a)
	 “DTC”
	  	2.01	(a)
	 “Expiration Time”
	  	4.05	(f)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	8.01	 
	 “non-electing share”
	  	4.12	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03	(a)
	 “Purchased Shares”
	  	4.05	(f)(i)

  

 6 

	 Term

	  	Defined in
Section

	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Repurchase Notice”
	  	5.01(c)
	 “Rights Plan Securities”
	  	4.05(h)(i)
	 “Spinoff Valuation Period”
	  	4.05(d)(i)
	 “Trigger Event”
	  	4.05(h)(i)

  
 Section 1.03.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Supplemental Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 The following TIA terms used in this Supplemental Indenture have the
following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities”
means the Securities; 
  
 “indenture security
Holder” means a Holder of a Security; 
  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Supplemental Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Securities means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Securities. 
  
 All other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by the TIA’s reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  

	 	(a)	 	a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

  

	 	(b)	 	an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

  

	 	(c)	 	“or” is not exclusive; 

  

	 	(d)	 	in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

  

	 	(e)	 	provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

  

	 	(f)	 	references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

  
 ARTICLE 2 
  
 THE SECURITIES 
  
 Section 2.01. Issuance; Form and Dating. (a) The Securities and the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and 

  

 7 

 expressly made part of this Supplemental Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required
by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). 
  
 (b) All of the Securities shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Securities, which shall be deposited
on behalf of the purchasers of the Securities represented thereby with the Trustee as Custodian for the depositary, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (such depositary, or any successor thereto, being hereinafter referred to as
the “Depositary”), and registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co., duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the each Global Security may from
time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Custodian as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the Applicable Procedures. 
  
 (c) Each Global Security shall represent such of the outstanding Securities as shall be specified therein and each shall
provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
appropriate, to reflect exchanges, purchases or conversions of such Securities. Any endorsement of a Global Security to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the
Custodian in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian. 
  
 (d) Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Supplemental Indenture with respect
to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary or under any Global Security, and the Depositary (including, for this purpose, its nominee) may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the
absolute owner and Holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (1) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or (2) impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

  
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. An Officer
shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. Typographic and other minor defects in any facsimile signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Security which has been authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Officer whose signature is on a
Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 (b) A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The
signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 (c) On the date hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver up to $230,000,000 principal amount of 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010, which
will be represented by a Global Security. To the extent less than $230,000,000 principal amount of such Securities are authenticated and delivered as of the date hereof, the Trustee shall, upon order from the Company, authenticate and deliver such
remainder or portion of such remainder within 30 days following the date hereof as may be necessary in connection with any exercise by the Underwriters (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) of their over-allotment option pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement. 
  

 8 

 (d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate the
Securities. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Supplemental Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication
by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
  
 Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent. (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where the Securities may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”) and one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented
for conversion (each, a “Conversion Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent. 
  
 (b) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Securities. 
  
 Section 2.04. Maintenance of Office or Agency; Paying Agent to Hold Money
in Trust. (a) The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Securities may be surrendered
for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Supplemental Indenture may be served. Such office shall initially be the office of the Trustee. 
  
 (b) The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities, and will notify the
Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all
money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Securities. 

 
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as
current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
at least 10 days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders of the Securities,
and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  

 9 

 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Securities shall be issued in registered form and
shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Security for registration of transfer. When a Security is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested
if the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture are satisfied. When Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar
shall make the exchange as requested if the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s or
co-registrar’s request. The Company or the Registrar may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section.

  
 (b) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer
of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and (subject to the provisions of the Securities with respect to record dates) interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying
Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (c) Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange the Securities for the period beginning at the opening of business 15 days immediately preceding the
mailing of a notice of redemption of the Securities selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (b) to register the transfer of or exchange the Securities selected, called or being called for redemption
as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such Securities selected, called or being called for redemption in part. 
  
 (d) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be
entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
  
 Section 2.07. Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. 
  
 (1) Certificated Securities shall be issued in exchange for
interests in the Global Securities only if (x) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Securities or if it at any time ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under
the Exchange Act, if so required by applicable law or regulation, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days or (y) an Event of Default or a Default has occurred and is continuing. In either such case, the Company
shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an order from the Company, authenticate and deliver Certificated Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Securities in exchange therefor.
Certificated Securities issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Securities shall be registered in such names and shall be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect
participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver or cause to be delivered such Certificated Securities to the persons in whose names such Securities are so registered. Such exchange shall be effected in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures. 
  
 (2)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture other than the provisions set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 2.07, a Global Security may not be 

  

 10 

 
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the
Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Securities. In the event that Certificated Securities are issued in exchange for beneficial interests in
Global Securities in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 2.07 of this Supplemental Indenture, on or after such event when Certificated Securities are presented by a Holder to a Registrar with a request: 
  
 (x) to register the transfer of the Certificated Securities
to a person who will take delivery thereof in the form of Certificated Securities only; or 
  
 (y) to exchange such Certificated Securities for an equal principal amount of Certificated Securities of other authorized denominations,
such Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if the requirements for such transaction under this Supplemental Indenture are satisfied; 
  
 provided, however, that the Certificated Securities presented or surrendered for register of transfer or exchange shall be
duly endorsed or accompanied by an assignment form and, if applicable, a transfer certificate each in the form included in Exhibit A, and in a form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly
authorized in writing. 
  
 (c) Transfers of Certificated
Securities for Beneficial Interest in Global Securities. In the event that Certificated Securities are issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Securities and, thereafter, the events or conditions specified in paragraph (a)(1) of
this Section 2.07 which required such exchange shall cease to exist, the Company shall mail notice to the Trustee and to the Holders stating that Holders may exchange Certificated Securities for interests in Global Securities by complying with the
procedures set forth in this Supplemental Indenture and briefly describing such procedures and the events or circumstances requiring that such notice be given. Thereafter, if Certificated Securities are presented by a Holder to a Registrar with a
request: 
  
 (x) to register the transfer of such
Certificated Securities to a person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Security; or 
  
 (y) to exchange such Certificated Securities for an equal principal amount of beneficial interests in a Global Security, which beneficial
interests will be owned by the Holder transferring such Certificated Securities, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested by canceling such Certificated Security and causing, or directing the Custodian to cause,
the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Security to be increased accordingly and, if no such Global Security is then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a new Global Security;

  
 provided, however, that the Certificated Securities presented or
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed and accompanied by an assignment form and, if applicable, a transfer certificate each in the form included in Exhibit A, and in a form satisfactory to the Registrar
duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; 
  
 (d) Transfers to the Company. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Securities shall prohibit the sale or other transfer of any Securities (including beneficial interests in Global Securities) to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  

 11 

 (e) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
  
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a
member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership
interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Securities shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global
Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
  
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
imposed under this Supplemental Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security)
other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
  
 Section 2.08. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. (a) If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security
of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
  
 (b) If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to
save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
  
 (c) In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become
or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security. 
  
 (d) Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. 
  
 (e) Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 2.08 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with any
and all other Securities duly issued hereunder. 
  

 12 

 (f) The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other
rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities. 
  
 Section 2.09. Outstanding Securities. The Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Security effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. 
  
 (a) If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof, it ceases to
be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
  
 (b) If the principal amount of any Security is considered paid under Section 6.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

  
 (c) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary
or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay the Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to
accrue interest. 
  
 (d) A Security does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate holds the Security. 
  
 Section 2.10. Treasury Securities. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the
Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities that the Trustee knows are so owned shall
be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.11. Temporary
Securities. Until certificates representing the Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities upon receipt of a Company Order. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in
the form of Certificated Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee
shall authenticate definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, temporary Securities shall have the same rights under this Supplemental Indenture as the definitive Securities. 
  
 Section 2.12. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver
Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered for
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy such canceled Securities (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company, unless the Company
otherwise directs. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus, to
the extent permitted by law, any interest payable on 

  

 13 

 
the defaulted interest, to the persons who are Holders of the Securities on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the record date and
payment date. At least 30 days before the record date, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and to each Holder of the Securities a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid. The Company may pay
defaulted interest in any other lawful manner. 
  
 Section 2.14.
CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders;
provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed
only on the other elements of identification printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. 
  
 Section 2.15. No Sinking Fund. No sinking fund will be provided with respect to the Securities. 
  
 ARTICLE 3 
  
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  
 Section 3.01. Redemption of Notes. The Company may not redeem any Securities prior to July 18, 2008 except as set forth in Section 5.01. At any
time on or after July 18, 2008 and prior to maturity, the Securities may be redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon notice as set forth in Section 3.03, at the redemption prices set forth in the form of Security attached as
Exhibit A hereto, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date fixed for redemption. 
  
 Section 3.02. Notices to Trustee. If the Company desires to redeem all or part of the Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, it shall notify the
Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed. The Company shall give the notice at least 30 but no more that 60 days before the redemption date (or such shorter notice as may be acceptable to the Trustee).

  
 Section 3.03. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.
(a) If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed as follows: 
  
 (1) if the Securities are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of
the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed; or 
  
 (2) if the Securities are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the
Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. 
  
 (b) No Securities of
$1,000 of principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that apply to the Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of the Securities called
for redemption. Notices of redemption will be mailed at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

  

 14 

 (c) If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such
Security shall state the portion of the principal amount of that Security to be redeemed. A new Security in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Security presented for redemption will be issued in the name of the Holder
thereof upon cancellation of the original Security. Securities called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue or accrete on the Securities or portions of them called for
redemption. 
  
 Section 3.04. Notice of Redemption. At
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed at its registered address. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

  
 (1) the redemption date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price; 
  
 (3) if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion
of the principal amount of such Security to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the
original Security; 
  
 (4) the name and address
of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (5) that Securities
called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on the Securities called for redemption ceases to accrue
on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (7) the
paragraph of the Securities and/or provision of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Securities called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the
Securities. 
  
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall
give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the
Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  
 Section 3.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.04 hereof, the Securities called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 Section 3.06. Deposit of Redemption Price. (a) One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with
the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all the Securities to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the
Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Securities to be redeemed. 
  

 15 

 (b) If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the
redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Securities or the portions of the Securities called for redemption. If a Security is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any
accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the
failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in
each case at the rate provided in the Securities. 
  
 Section
3.07. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new
Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered. 
  
 ARTICLE 4 
  
 CONVERSION
OF SECURITIES 
  
 Section 4.01. Conversion Privilege.
(a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 4, at the option of the Holder thereof at any time prior to the close of business on January 15, 2010, the principal amount of any Security that is an integral multiple of $1,000
and which has not previously been repurchased pursuant to Article 5 hereof, may be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), at the Conversion
Rate, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion. 
  
 (b) Provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Security also apply to conversion of a portion of a Security. 
  
 (c) A Security in respect of which a Holder has delivered a Repurchase Notice pursuant to Section 5.01 exercising the option
of such Holder to require the Company to purchase such Security may be converted only if such Repurchase Notice is withdrawn by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to a Paying Agent not later than the close of business on the 20th Business Day
after the mailing of the Designated Event Offer or 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the Designated Event Purchase Date, whichever is later, in accordance with Section 5.01. 
  
 (d) A Holder of Securities is not entitled to any rights of a holder of
Common Stock until the Conversion Date appplicable to such Holder, and only to the extent such Securities are deemed to have been converted into Common Stock pursuant to this Article 4. 
  
 Section 4.02. Conversion Rate. Each $1,000 principal amount of the Securities shall be convertible into the number of
shares of Common Stock specified in the form of Security (herein called the “Conversion Rate”) attached as Exhibit A hereto. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in certain instances as provided in Section 4.05 hereof. All
calculations under this Article 4 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. 
  
 Section 4.03. Exercise of Conversion Privilege; Effect of Conversion. (a) To convert a Security, a Holder must (1) complete and manually sign the
conversion notice on the back of the Security (the “Conversion Notice”) or a facsimile thereof and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in Section 11.02, (2) surrender the
Security to the 

  

 16 

 
Conversion Agent, (3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Registrar or the Conversion Agent, (4) pay any transfer or
similar tax, if required and (5) if required pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 4.03, pay funds equal to the interest payable on the next payment date. In the case of a Global Security, the Conversion Notice shall be completed by a Depositary
participant on behalf of the beneficial holder. The date on which the Holder satisfies all of these requirements is the “Conversion Date”. As promptly as practicable on or after the Conversion Date, the Company shall issue and shall
deliver to the Conversion Agent a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, together with payment in lieu of any fraction of a share thereof, as provided in Section 4.04 hereof, and the
Conversion Agent shall forward such certificate or certificates at the addresses set forth in the written notices sent to the Company by the Holders electing to convert their Securities. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case
of Global Securities, Conversion Notices may be delivered and such Securities may be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time. 
  
 (b) The person in whose name the Common Stock certificate is registered shall
be deemed to be a stockholder of record on the Conversion Date; provided, however, that no surrender of a Security on any date when the stock transfer books of Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or
persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive
such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; provided further, however, that such conversion shall
be at the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date as if the stock transfer books of Company had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Security, such person shall be deemed to hold such shares of Common Stock and shall no longer be a Holder
of such Security. Holders shall not be entitled to receive any dividends payable to any holders of Common Stock as of any record date before the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date. 
  
 (c) Securities surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of
business on any record date immediately preceding any payment date to the opening of business on such payment date shall be accompanied by payment in immediately available funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the
interest payable on such payment date on the principal amount of Securities being surrendered for conversion; provided, however, that no such payment need be made if (1) the Company has specified a Designated Event Purchase Date pursuant to Section
5.01 that is during such period, (2) the Company has specified a date for redemption of the Securities pursuant to Section 3.03 that is during such period or (3) only to the extent of overdue interest, any overdue interest exists at the time of
conversion with respect to such Security. Interest shall be payable to such registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion of such Security. If the Company defaults in the payment of interest payable on such interest payment date, the Company
shall promptly repay such funds to such Holder. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.03, no payment or adjustment will be made for accrued interest on a converted Security. 
  
 (d) Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of a Holder in whose name any Security is registered at the close of
business on a record date to receive the interest payable on such Security on the related interest payment date in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and the Securities. If a Holder converts more than one Security at the same
time, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion shall be based on the aggregate principal amount of Securities converted. 
  
 (e) Upon surrender of a Security that is converted in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, a new
Security equal in principal amount to the 

  

 17 

 
unconverted portion of the Security surrendered. No payment or adjustment shall be made upon any conversion on account of any interest accrued on the
Securities surrendered for conversion from the payment date preceding the day of conversion, or on account of any dividends on the Common Stock issued upon conversion. In addition, Holders shall not be entitled to receive any dividends payable to
holders of Common Stock as of any dividend record date before the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date. 
  
 (f) Upon the conversion of a beneficial interest in a Global Security, the Trustee (or other Conversion Agent appointed by the Company), or the Custodian
at the direction of the Trustee (or other Conversion Agent appointed by the Company), shall make a notation on such Global Security as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of
any conversions of Securities effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee. 
  
 (g) Upon the conversion of a Security, any of the accrued but unpaid interest to the Conversion Date with respect to the converted Security shall not be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited, but rather shall be deemed
to be paid in full to the Holder thereof through delivery of the Common Stock (together with the cash payment, if any, in lieu of fractional shares) in exchange for the Securities being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof; and the fair
market value of such shares of Common Stock (together with any such cash payment in lieu of fractional shares) shall be treated as issued in exchange for and in satisfaction of the Company’s obligation to pay the principal amount of the
converted Security and the accrued but unpaid interest to the Conversion Date. 
  
 Section 4.04. Fractions of Common Stock Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Securities. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time
by the same Holder, the number of full shares which shall be issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the principal amount of the Securities so surrendered. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock which would
otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any Security or Securities, the Company shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction in an amount equal to the same fraction of the Closing Price per share of Common Stock. 
  
 Section 4.05. Adjustment of Conversion Rate. (a) In case at any time
after the date of the issuance of the Securities, the Company shall pay or make a dividend or other distribution to the Common Stock payable in shares of its Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following
the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased by dividing such Conversion Rate by a fraction, of which: 
  
 (i) the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the
date fixed for such determination; and 
  
 (ii)
the denominator shall be the sum of such number of shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other distribution, 
  
 such increase to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. If any dividend or distribution of
the type described in this paragraph (a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. For the purposes of
this paragraph (a), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of
Common Stock. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. 
  

 18 

 (b) In case at any time after the date of the issuance of the Securities, the Company shall issue rights,
options or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them (for a period ending within 45 days after the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants) to subscribe for or purchase
shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the then Current Market Price on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of
business on the day following the date fixed for such determination shall be increased by dividing such Conversion Rate by a fraction, of which: 
  
 (i) the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such
determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so subscribed for or purchased would purchase at such Current Market Price; and 
  
 (ii) the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock so subject to subscription or purchase, 
  
 such increase to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. Such
adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be
readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such
rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or
warrants had not been fixed. In determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such Current Market Price, and in determining the aggregate offering price of
such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof (the value of such consideration, if other than
cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution filed with the Trustee). For the purposes of this paragraph (b), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time
outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not issue any rights, options or
warrants in respect of shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. 
  
 (c) In case at any time after the date of the issuance of the Securities, outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the
opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, and, conversely, in case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares of
Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced, such reduction or increase, as the case may be, to become effective
immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective. 
  
 (d) In case at any time after the date of the issuance of the Securities, the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its
Common Stock, shares of any class of its Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness or other assets (including securities, but excluding (x) any rights, 

  

 19 

 
options or warrants referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 4.05, (y) any dividend or distribution referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.05 and
(z) any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash), then (unless the Company elects to reserve such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets for distribution to the Holders upon the conversion of the Securities so
that any such Holder converting Securities will receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock to which such Holder is entitled, the amount and kind of such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets
which such Holder would have received if such Holder had converted its Securities into Common Stock immediately prior to the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distributions), the Conversion Rate in effect
immediately prior to the close of business on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution shall be adjusted by dividing such Conversion Rate by a fraction, of which: 
  
 (i) the numerator shall be the Current Market Price on the
date fixed for such determination less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board Resolution filed with the Trustee) on the date fixed for such determination,
of the portion of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock; and 
  
 (ii) the denominator shall be such Current Market Price on the date fixed for such determination, 
  
 such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day
following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution; provided, however, that if the then fair market value (as so determined) of the portion of the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of
indebtedness or assets so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution, in lieu of the
foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or assets such Holder would have received had such Holder
converted each Security on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that
would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or assets distributed by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock consist of Capital Stock of, or similar Equity Interests
in, a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by dividing the Conversion Rate in effect on the date fixed for determination of stockholders
entitled to receive such distribution with respect to such distribution by a fraction, of which: 
  
 (i) the numerator shall be (x) the average Sale Price of one share of Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period (the
“Spinoff Valuation Period”) commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day after the date on which “ex-dividend trading” commences for such distribution on the principal national or regional exchange, the New York Stock
Exchange or other market on which the distributed securities are then listed or quoted less (y) the value (determined by reference to the market value implied by the average Sale Price of such Capital Stock or similar equity interests so distributed
measured over the Spinoff Valuation Period (in circumstances where such Sale Prices are available)) of the portion of shares of Capital Stock or similar Equity Interests in the Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company so distributed
applicable to one share of Common Stock; and 
  

 20 

 (ii) the denominator shall be the average Sale Price of one share of Common Stock over
the Spinoff Valuation Period, 
  
 such adjustment to become effective immediately
prior to the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution; provided, however, that the Company may in lieu of the foregoing adjustment make adequate provision so
that each Holder shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of shares of Capital Stock, assets or evidences or indebtedness such Holder would have received had such Holder converted each Security on the date fixed for determination
of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution. 
  
 (e) In
case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common Stock cash (excluding any cash portions of distributions referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section 4.05) then the Conversion Rate in effect immediately
prior to the close of business on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Rate by a fraction, of which: 
  
 (i) the numerator shall be the Current Market Price on the
date fixed for such determination, and 
  
 (ii)
the denominator shall be the Current Market Price on the date fixed for such determination less the amount of cash so distributed (and not excluded as provided above) applicable to one share of Common Stock, 
  
 such adjustment to be effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day
following the date fixed for such determination; provided, however, that if the portion of the cash so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price on the date fixed for such
determination, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of cash such Holder would have received had such Holder converted each Security on
the date fixed for such determination. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared. 
  
 (f) In case at any time after the date of the issuance of the Securities, a
tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any Subsidiary for any shares of Common Stock shall expire and such tender or exchange offer (as amended upon the expiration thereof) shall require the payment by the Company or any Subsidiary of
consideration having a fair market value per share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) that as of the last time (the
“Expiration Time”) tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (as it may be amended) exceeds the Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, the
Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Expiration Time by a fraction of which: 
  
 (i) the numerator shall be the sum of (x) the fair market
value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn
as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted up to any such maximum, being referred to as the “Purchased Shares”) and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at the
Expiration Time and the Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, and 
  

 21 

 (ii) the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including
any tendered or exchanged shares) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, 
  
 such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Date. Such adjustment
shall be made successively whenever any such tender or exchange offers are made. If the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting
any or all such purchases or any or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would have been in effect based on the number of shares actually purchased. 
  
 (g) The reclassification of Common Stock into securities other than Common
Stock shall be deemed to involve (i) a distribution of such securities other than Common Stock to all holders of Common Stock (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be deemed to be “the date fixed for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive such distribution” and “the date fixed for such determination”within the meaning of paragraph (d) of this Section 4.05), and (ii) a subdivision or combination, as the case may be, of the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such reclassification into the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately thereafter (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be deemed to be “the day upon
which such subdivision becomes effective” or “the day upon which such combination becomes effective”, as the case may be, and “the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective” within the meaning of
paragraph (c) of this Section 4.05). 
  
 (h) (i) Rights or
warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, (1)
are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (2) are not exercisable; and (3) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock (such rights or warrants being called “Rights Plan Securities”), in each
case of clauses (1)-(3) until the occurrence of a specified event or events (each, a “Trigger Event”) shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this paragraph (h) (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under
this paragraph (h) will be required due to the issuance of such Rights Plan Securities) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such Rights Plan Securities shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment
(if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under paragraph (b) of this Section 4.05. If any such Rights Plan Securities, including any such existing Rights Plan Securities distributed prior to the date of this Supplemental
Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such Rights Plan Securities become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event
shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and record date with respect to new Rights Plan Securities with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing Rights Plan Securities without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In
addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of Rights Plan Securities, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a
distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.05 was made, (1) in the case of any such Rights Plan Securities that shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the
Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price
received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such Rights Plan Securities (assuming such holder had retained such Rights Plan Securities), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase and (2)
in the case of such Rights Plan Securities that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such Rights Plan Securities had not been issued. 
  

 22 

 (ii) No adjustment of the Conversion Rate shall be made pursuant to this Section 4.05 in
respect of Rights Plan Securities distributed or deemed distributed on any Trigger Event to the extent that such Rights Plan Securities are actually distributed, or reserved by the Company for distribution to Holders upon conversion by such Holders
of Securities to Common Stock. 
  
 (iii) For
purposes of this paragraph (h) and paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.05, any dividend or distribution to which this paragraph (h) of this Section 4.05 is applicable that also includes shares of Common Stock, or rights or warrants to subscribe
for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or both), shall be deemed instead to be (1) a dividend or distribution of shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness or assets other than such shares of Common Stock or rights or warrants (and any
Conversion Rate adjustment required by this paragraph (h) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made) immediately followed by (2) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock or such rights or warrants (and any
further Conversion Rate adjustment required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.05 with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or distribution shall not be
deemed “outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination” within the meaning of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.05. 
  
 (i) For the purpose of any computation under paragraphs (b), (d), (e) or (f) of this Section 4.05, the “Current Market Price” per share
of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days ending the earlier of the date of determination and the day before the “ex” date with respect
to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation. For purposes of this paragraph (i), the term “ex” date, when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way
on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Sale Price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution. 
  
 (j) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment (plus any adjustments not previously made by reason of this paragraph
(j)) would require an increase or decrease of at least 1.0% in the Conversion Rate; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this paragraph (j) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any
subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this paragraph (j) shall be made to the nearest whole cent. No adjustment need be made pursuant to any issuance of convertible or exchangeable securities or rights to purchase convertible or exchangeable
securities. Except as specifically set forth in this Section 4.05, to the extent the Securities become convertible into cash, assets, property or securities (other than Capital Stock of the Company), no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the
cash, assets, property or such securities. Interest will not accrue on any cash into which the Securities are convertible. 
  
 (k) The Company may make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to those required by this Section 4.05, as it considers to be advisable in
order to avoid or diminish any income tax to any holders of shares of Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock or issuance of rights or warrants to purchase or subscribe for stock or from any event treated as such for income
tax purposes or for any other reasons. The Company shall have the power to resolve any ambiguity or correct any error in this paragraph (k) and its actions in so doing shall be final and conclusive. 
  
 (l) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to time
may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least 20 days, the increase is 
  

 23 

 
irrevocable during such period, and the Board of Directors shall have made a determination that such increase would be in the best interests of the Company,
which determination shall be conclusive. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall give notice of the increase to the Holders in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 at least 15 days prior to
the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect. 
  

(m) In the event that this Article 4 requires adjustments to the Conversion Rate under more than one of Sections 4.05(a), 4.05(b), 4.05(d) or 4.05(e)
hereof, and the record dates for the distributions giving rise to such adjustments shall occur on the same date, then such adjustments shall be made by applying, first, the provisions of Section 4.05(d), second, the provisions of Section 4.05(e),
third, the provisions of Section 4.05(a) and fourth, the provisions of Section 4.05(b). After an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Article 4, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Article 4 shall cause an adjustment to
the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. Whenever successive adjustments to the Conversion Rate are called for pursuant to this Article 4, such adjustments shall be made to the provisions of Section 4.05(i) hereof as may be necessary or appropriate to
effectuate the intent of this Article 4 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. 
  
 Section 4.06. Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate. Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided: (a) the Company shall compute
the adjusted Conversion Rate in accordance with Section 4.05 hereof and shall prepare an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate (certified by the Company’s independent public accountants or other certified public
accountant) and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, and such certificate shall forthwith be filed with the Trustee at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of the Securities pursuant
to Section 4.03 hereof; and (b) a notice stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate shall forthwith be required, and as soon as practicable after it is required, such notice shall be given by
the Company to the Trustee and all Holders in the manner provided for in Section 11.02. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any change in the Conversion Rate unless and until it receives the Officers’ Certificate provided for in
the foregoing clause (a) setting forth such change. 
  
 Section
4.07. Notice of Certain Corporate Action. In case: 
  
 (1) the Company shall declare a dividend or make any other distribution that would require any adjustment pursuant to Section 4.05 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders of its Common Stock of rights, options or
warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Capital Stock of any class or of any other rights; 
  
 (3) of any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, or of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for
which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required or that is otherwise subject to Section 4.12 hereof, or of the conveyance, lease, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or 
  
 (4) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation
or winding up of the Company, 
  
 then the Company shall cause to be filed at each
office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of the Securities pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, and shall cause to be mailed to all Holders at their last addresses as they shall appear in the register for the Securities, at least 20
days prior to the 
  

 24 

 applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice (which notice shall also be sent by release to
Reuters Economic Services and Bloomberg Business News as set forth in Section 11.02) stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, rights, options or warrants, or, if a record is not to be
taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, rights, options or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance,
lease, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities,
cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Neither the failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the legality
or validity of the proceedings described in clauses (1) through (4) of this Section 4.07. If at the time the Trustee shall not be the Conversion Agent, a copy of such notice shall also forthwith be filed by the Company with the Trustee. The Company
shall cause to be filed at the Corporate Trust Office and each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of Securities pursuant to Section 2.03, and shall cause to be provided to all Holders in accordance with Section 11.02, notice
of any tender offer by the Company or any Subsidiary for all or any portion of the Common Stock at or about the time that such notice of tender offer is provided to the public generally. 
  
 Section 4.08. Company to Reserve Common Stock. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from
preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Securities, the full number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Securities. 
  
 Section 4.09. Taxes on Conversions. The Company will pay any and all
taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved
in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Security or Securities to be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issue has paid to the
Company the amount of any such tax, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. 
  
 Section 4.10. Covenant as to Common Stock. The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Securities
will upon issue be fully paid and nonassessable and, except as provided in Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will pay all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. 
  
 The Company will endeavor promptly to comply with all Federal and state securities laws regulating the issuance and delivery
of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Securities, if any, and will use its best efforts to list or cause to have quoted all such shares of Common Stock on each United States national securities exchange or over-the-counter or other domestic
market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted. 
  
 Section 4.11. Cancellation of Converted Securities. All Securities delivered for conversion shall be delivered to the Trustee to be canceled by or at the direction of the Trustee, which shall dispose of the same as provided in
Section 2.12. 
  
 Section 4.12. Provisions in Case of
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets. In the case of (i) any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) any consolidation, merger or combination of the Company with another Person or (iii) any sale or
conveyance of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company to any other Person, in each case of clauses (i)-(iii) as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, other 
  

 25 

 securities or other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock, then the
Company or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the TIA as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing that each
Security shall be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance by a
holder of a number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Securities (assuming, for such purposes, a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Stock are available to convert all such Securities) immediately prior to such
reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance assuming such holder of Common Stock did not exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of stock, other securities or other property or assets
(including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance (provided, however, that, if the kind or amount of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including
cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised (a
“non-electing share”), then for the purposes of this Section 4.12, the kind and amount of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger,
combination, sale or conveyance for each non-electing share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares). Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as
nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4. 
  
 The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be given to each Holder in the manner provided for in Section 11.02. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or
validity of such supplemental indenture. 
  
 The above provisions
of this Section shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, combinations, sales and conveyances. If this Section 4.12 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 4.05 shall not apply. 
  
 Section 4.13. Right of Holders to Convert. The limitations set forth
in Section 8.06 shall not apply to the right of a Holder to bring a suit for the enforcement of such Holder’s right to convert Securities pursuant to this Article 4. 
  
 ARTICLE 5 
  
 REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDERS 
 UPON A DESIGNATED EVENT 
  
 Section 5.01. Repurchase at Option of Holders upon a Designated Event. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Designated Event (the date of such occurrence, the “Designated Event Date”), the Company shall notify the Holders of
the Securities in writing of such occurrence in accordance with paragraph (b) below, and shall make an offer to purchase (a “Designated Event Offer”), and shall purchase, on a Business Day (a “Designated Event Purchase
Date”) not more than 60 nor less than 30 days following the Designated Event Date all, but not less than all, of the then outstanding Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
interest, if any, to the Designated Event Purchase Date (the “Designated Event Purchase Price”). 
  
 (b) Notice of a Designated Event Offer (a “Designated Event Purchase Notice”) shall be mailed by the Company not later than the 30th day
after the Designated Event Date to the Holders of the 
  

 26 

 Securities at their last registered addresses with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent (and shall also be given by
release made to Reuters Economic Services and Bloomberg Business News). The Designated Event Offer shall remain open from the time of mailing for at least 20 Business Days or until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the
Designated Event Purchase Date, whichever is later. The Designated Event Purchase Notice, which shall govern the terms of the Designated Event Offer, shall include such disclosures as are required by law and shall state: 
  
 (1) that the Designated Event Offer is being made pursuant
to this Section 5.01 and that any portion of the principal amount of Securities that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, validly tendered into the Designated Event Offer and not withdrawn, will be accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the cash purchase price (including the amount of accrued
interest, if any) for each Security, the Designated Event Purchase Date and the date on which the Designated Event Offer expires; 
  
 (3) that any Security not tendered for payment will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms thereof; 
  
 (4) that any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the
Designated Event Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Designated Event Purchase Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have Securities purchased pursuant to a Designated Event Offer will be required to surrender their Securities
to the Paying Agent at the address (in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the Designated Event Purchase Notice prior to the close of business on the 20th Business Day after the mailing of the Designated Event Offer or 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the Designated Event Purchase Date, whichever is later, and must complete any form of letter of transmittal proposed by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Paying Agent;

  
 (6) that Holders of Securities will be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 20th Business Day after the mailing of the Designated Event Offer or 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the
Designated Event Purchase Date, whichever is later, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Securities the Holder delivered for purchase, the Security certificate number (if any) and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities purchased; 
  
 (7) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part will be issued Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Securities surrendered; 
  
 (8)
the instructions that Holders must follow in order to tender their Securities; and 
  
 (9) in the event that the Designated Event giving rise to the requirement to make such Designated Event Offer is a Change of Control, a
brief description of material developments in the Company’s business, information with respect to pro forma historical net income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control and such other information concerning
the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Designated Event Offer as the Company reasonably believes would be material to a Holder in connection with the decision of such Holder as to whether it should tender Securities pursuant to such
Designated Event Offer. 
  

 27 

 (c) To exercise a repurchase right pursuant to this Section 5.01, a Holder shall deliver to the Trustee a
written notice (a “Repurchase Notice”) of such Holder’s exercise of such right, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Designated Event Purchase Notice. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Repurchase Notice,
the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Repurchase Notice was given shall (unless such Repurchase Notice is withdrawn) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Designated Event Purchase Price with respect to such Security and any
Security accepted for payment pursuant to the Designated Event Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Designated Event Purchase Date. Securities in respect of which a Repurchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be
converted into shares of Common Stock on or after the date of the delivery of such Repurchase Notice, unless such Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn in the manner provided for in the foregoing paragraph (b)(6) of this Section 5.01.

  
 (d) On the Designated Event Purchase Date, the Company shall:

  
 (1) accept for payment Securities or portions
thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Designated Event Offer, 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent (no later than 10:00 a.m. EST on the Designated Event Purchase Date) cash, in immediately available funds, sufficient to pay the aggregate Designated Event Purchase Price of all
Securities or portions thereof so tendered and accepted, and 
  
 (3) deliver to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Securities or portions thereof tendered to and accepted for payment by the Company. 
  
 The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver to the Holders of Securities so accepted
payment in an amount equal to the Designated Event Purchase Price for the Securities tendered by such Holders and accepted for payment, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver to such Holders a new Security equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion to the Securities surrendered; provided, however, that each such new Security shall be issued in an original principal amount in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Any
Securities not validly tendered and not accepted by the Company shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Designated Event Offer not later than the first
Business Day following the Designated Event Purchase Date. 
  
 (e)
In the event that a Designated Event occurs and the holders of Securities exercise their right to require the Company to purchase Securities, if such purchase constitutes a “tender offer” for purposes of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act
at that time, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 as then in effect with respect to such repurchase. 
  
 (f) The Company shall not be required to make a Designated Event Purchase Offer upon the occurrence of a Designated Event if a third party makes such
offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 5.01 applicable to a Designated Event Purchase Offer made by the Company and purchases all Securities properly tendered and not withdrawn
under such offer. 
  

 28 

 ARTICLE 6 
  

COVENANTS 
  
 Section 6.01. Payment of Securities. (a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and
in the manner provided in the Securities. Principal Securities and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. New York Time on the due date money
deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
  
 (b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to
1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Securities to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without
regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 6.02. Reports. Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Securities are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Securities: 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that
would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries showing in reasonable detail, in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (in each case to the extent not prohibited by the SEC’s rules and regulations) the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from
the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
  
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in
each case within the time periods specified in the Company’s rules and regulations. 
  
 In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in
the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a).

  
 Section 6.03. Compliance Certificate. 
  
 (1) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days
after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the
Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions 
  

 29 

 
and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture, (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default
of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account
of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (2) So long as not contrary to the then current
recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(1) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants
(who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any
provisions of this Article 6 or Article 7 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for
any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
  
 (3) The Company shall, so long as any of the Securities are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of
Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 Section 6.04. Taxes. The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Securities. 
  
 Section 6.05. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist
upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Supplemental
Indenture and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  
 Section 6.06. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 7 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep
in full force and effect: 
  
 (1) its corporate
existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and 

 
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and
franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if
the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Securities. 
  

 30 

 ARTICLE 7 
  

SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 7.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. The Company shall not: 
  
 (a) consolidate with or merge into any other Person; or 
  
 (b) convey, transfer, sell or lease the properties or assets of the Company substantially as an entirety to another Person,
unless: 
  
 (i) the Person formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company merged or the Person to which the Company’s properties and assets are conveyed, transferred, sold or leased, is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State
thereof or the District of Columbia and, if other than the Company, has expressly assumed all of the Company’s obligations, including the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities and the performance of the other covenants,
under this Supplemental Indenture; and 
  
 (ii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no Default has occurred and is continuing; and 
  
 Section 7.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, sale or lease of the properties and
assets of the Company substantially as an entity in accordance with Section 7.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer, sale or lease is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale or lease the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the
successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Supplemental Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided,
however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Securities except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section
7.01 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 8 
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 8.01. Events of Default. Each of the following constitutes an
Event of Default: 
  
 (1) default for 30 days in
the payment when due of interest on the Securities; 
  
 (2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Securities; 
  
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under Article 7 hereof or failure by the
Company to consummate a Designated Event Offer in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture; 
  
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in the
aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, voting as a single class, to comply with any of its other agreements in the Supplemental Indenture or the Securities; 
  

 31 

 (5) default under one or more agreements, instruments, mortgages, bonds, debentures or
other evidences of Indebtedness under which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $20,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, and either (a) such Indebtedness is already due and payable
in full or (b) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness; 
  
 (6) entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of one or more final judgments that can no longer be appealed for the payment of money in
excess of $20,000,000 (not covered by insurance) against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and such judgment remains undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment shall not be
in effect; or 
  
 (7) the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
  
 (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or 
  
 (e) generally is not paying its
debts as they become due; or 
  
 (8) a court of
competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (a) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; 
  
 (b) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

 
 Section 8.02. Acceleration. If any Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid
interest if any, on such Securities shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 8.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, all outstanding Securities shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf
of all 
  

 32 

 of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
  
 Section 8.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available
remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Security in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 8.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by
notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Securities waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on, the Securities (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may rescind an acceleration and
its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose
of this Supplemental Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section 8.05. Control by Majority. Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the
Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Securities or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  
 Section 8.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder of a Security may pursue a remedy with respect to this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities only
if: 
  
 (1) the Holder of a Security gives to the
Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (3) such Holders of Securities offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against
any loss, liability or expense; 
  
 (4) the
Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
  
 (5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities do not give the Trustee a
direction inconsistent with the request. 
  

 33 

 A Holder of a Security may not use this Supplemental Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder
of a Security or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Security. 
  
 Section 8.07. Rights of Holders of Securities to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Security to receive payment of principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 8.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 8.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Securities and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 Section 8.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the
Securities allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.07 hereof. To the
extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied
for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in
liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 8.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant
to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 9.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of
collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Securities for amounts due
and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and

  
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct. 
  

 34 

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of the Securities pursuant
to this Section 8.10. 
  
 Section 8.11. Undertaking for
Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Supplemental Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and
good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Security pursuant to Section 8.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the
then outstanding Securities. 
  
 ARTICLE 9 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 9.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own
affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of
Default: 
  
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall
be determined solely by the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall
be read into this Supplemental Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the
Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 9.01; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Supplemental Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 9.01. 
  

 35 

 (e) No provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Supplemental Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and
indemnity against any loss, liability or expense. 
  
 (f) The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

  
 Section 9.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may
conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel and the written and oral advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its
attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 (e)
Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Supplemental Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  
 Section 9.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of the Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same
rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do
the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 9.10 and 9.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 9.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Supplemental
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Securities or any other
document in connection with the sale of the Securities or pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  

 36 

 Section 9.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if
it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of the Securities a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Securities. 
  
 Section 9.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Securities. (a)
Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Securities a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a)
(but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the 12 months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports
as required by TIA § 313(c). 
  
 (b) A copy of each report at
the time of its mailing to the Holders of the Securities shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Securities are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the
Trustee when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange. 
  
 Section 9.07. Compensation and Indemnity. (a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Supplemental Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation
shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the
compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 (b) The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of its duties under this Supplemental Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Supplemental Indenture against the Company (including this Section 9.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether
asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its
negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend
the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 (c) The
obligations of the Company under this Section 9.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 (d) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held
or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 8.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

  

 37 

 (f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

  
 Section 9.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) A resignation
or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 9.08. 
  
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the
Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10 hereof;

  
 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an
insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (iii) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office
of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may appoint a successor
Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 9.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of
the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (f) A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the
rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Supplemental Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor
Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 9.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 9.08, the Company’s obligations under
Section 9.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 9.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor
corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  

 38 

 Section 9.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that
is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or
state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $75 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
  
 This Supplemental Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA
§ 310(b). 
  
 Section 9.11. Preferential Collection of
Claims Against Company. The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated
therein. 
  
 ARTICLE 10 
  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders of Securities.
Notwithstanding Section 10.02 of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities without the consent of any Holder of the Securities: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

  
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Securities
in addition to or in place of Certificated Securities; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders of the Securities by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 7 hereof; 
  
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Securities
or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Securities; 
  
 (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Supplemental Indenture under the TIA;
or 
  
 (6) to appoint a successor Trustee under
this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company
accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company
in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise. 
  

Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders of Securities. (a) Except as provided below in paragraph (d) of this Section 10.02, the Company and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Supplemental Indenture and the Securities with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in

  

 39 

 connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Securities), and, subject to Sections 8.04 and
8.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or compliance by the Company with any provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Securities). Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Securities are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 10.02. 
  
 (b) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board
of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of the Securities as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own
rights, duties or immunities under this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
  
 (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of the
Securities under this Section 10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of
the Securities affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended
or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Without the consent (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Securities) of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 10.02
may not (with respect to any Securities held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (i) reduce the principal amount of the Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (ii) reduce the principal of or change the stated maturity of any Security or reduce the premium that must be paid with respect to the
redemption of the Securities or change the time before which no redemption may be made; 
  
 (iii) reduce the rate of, or change the time for, payment of interest on any Security; 
  
 (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of or interest on the Securities, or any repurchase payment (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (v) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Securities; 
  
 (vi) impair or adversely affect the right to bring a suit to enforce the right to receive payment on or convert any security pursuant to
Article 4 hereof; 
  
 (vii) adversely affect the
right to require the Company to repurchase the Securities upon a Designated Event; 
  

 40 

 (viii) impair the right of any Holder to convert any Security pursuant to Article 4
hereof; or 
  
 (ix) make any change in Section
8.04 or 8.07 hereof or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions of this paragraph (d) of Section 10.02. 
  
 Section 10.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities shall be set
forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 10.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Security and
every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. However, any such Holder of a Security or subsequent
Holder of a Security may revoke the consent as to its Security if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in
accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  
 Section 10.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Security thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all the Securities may
issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order, authenticate new Securities that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Security shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

  
 Section 10.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The
Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 11 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an
amended or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 9.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon,
in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture.

  
 ARTICLE 11 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this
Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
  

 41 

 Section 11.02. Notices. Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is
duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

 
 If to the Company: 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 570-3150 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 
 825 Eighth Avenue 
 New York, New York 10019 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 474-3700 
 Attention: Stephen L. Burns, Esq. 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 The Bank of New
York 
 101 Barclay Street 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 815-5915 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  
 The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be
deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and
the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Supplemental Indenture, any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in
TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within
the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  

Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Securities with Other Holders of Securities. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b)
with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

 42 

 Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application
by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section
12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Supplemental Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  
 Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Supplemental Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and
shall include: 
  
 (a) a statement that the Person making such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
  
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  
 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions; provided that no such rule shall conflict with the terms of this Supplemental
Indenture or the TIA. 
  
 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability
of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities,
this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Securities. 
  
 Section 11.08.
Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION
OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

 43 

 Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Supplemental Indenture may not
be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 Section 11.10. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this
Supplemental Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. 
  
 Section 11.11. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 Section 11.12. Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 Section 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of
this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 
  

 44 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
July 2, 2003. 
  

	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ E. Blake Hawk

	 	 	 Name: E. Blake Hawk

	 	 	 Title:   Executive Vice President and General        Counsel

	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Van K. Brown

	 	 	 Name: Van K. Brown

	 	 	 Title:   Vice President

  

 45 

 EXHIBIT A 
  
 [FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY] 
  
 [UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE
OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH
OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE
LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.] 1 
  
 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. 
  
 4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010 
  

	 No.        
	 	$            

  
 CUSIP
No. 228227AT1 
  
 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP., a corporation
duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor Person under the Supplemental Indenture hereinafter defined), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, [the principal sum of $                    
(                     Dollars)] [the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Securities attached hereto]2 on July 15, 2010, and to pay interest thereon from July 2, 2003 or from the most recent Payment Date (as defined below) to
which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 (each, a “Payment Date”) in each year, commencing January 15, 2004, at the rate of 4% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made
available for payment. 

	1	 	These paragraphs should be included only if the Security is a Global Security.

	2	 	Use this language only if the Security is a Global Security. 

 The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Payment Date will, as provided
in the Supplemental Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be January 1 or July 1, as the case may be, next preceding such Payment
Date or, if such record date is not a Business Day, at the close of business of the immediately succeeding Business Day. A “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the
City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is not a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a
Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and shall be paid to
the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest or the next
succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the special record date, the
Payment Date, and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. 
  
 Payments of principal of and interest on this Security and any additional payments due hereunder shall be made at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, State of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Interest
may, at the option of the Company, be paid either (i) by check mailed to the registered address of the Person entitled thereto; provided, however, that a Holder of Securities with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000
shall, at the written election (timely made and containing appropriate wire transfer information) of such Holder, be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds or (ii) by transfer to an account maintained by such Person located in the
United States; provided further, however, that payment to the Depositary will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year composed of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 Reference is hereby
made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof or an
authenticating agent appointed by the Company, by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Supplemental Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  
 [Signature page follows] 
  

 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed and delivered. 

 
 Dated:
                         
  

	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	  Name:

	 	 	  Title:

  

 3 

 This is one of the Securities designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Supplemental
Indenture. 
  
 Dated:
                         
  

	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	  Authorized Signatory

  

 4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY] 
  
 1. Securities. 
  
 This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in
one or more series under the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 2, 2003 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), to the Indenture dated as of July 2, 2003 between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (herein called
the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Supplemental Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Supplemental Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and
immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof as
“4% Convertible Senior Notes due 2010”, limited in aggregate principal amount to $230,000,000. All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Supplemental Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental
Indenture. 
  
 2. No Sinking Fund. 
  
 No sinking fund is provided for the Securities. 
  
 3. Conversion. 
  
 Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, any Security (or any portion of the
principal amount thereof which is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) that has not previously been repurchased, is convertible at the option of the Holder thereof, at any time following the original issue date of the Securities and on or
before the close of business on the stated maturity into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), at an initial conversion rate (calculated to the nearest
1/100 of a share) of 92.3361 shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 principal amount of Security (the “Conversion Rate”), or at the current adjusted Conversion Rate if an adjustment has been made as provided in the Supplemental
Indenture. 
  
 A Security or portion thereof in respect of which
the Holder has delivered a Repurchase Notice may be converted only if such notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture. complete and manually sign the conversion notice on the back of the Security (the
“Conversion Notice”) or a facsimile thereof and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in the Supplemental Indenture, (2) surrender the Security to the Conversion Agent, (3) furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Registrar or the Conversion Agent, (4) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required and (5) if required pursuant to, pay funds equal to the interest payable on the next Payment Date.
In the case of a Global Security, the Conversion Notice shall be completed by a Depositary participant on behalf of the beneficial holder. The date on which the Holder satisfies all of these requirements is the “Conversion Date”. As
promptly as practicable on or after the Conversion Date, the Company shall issue and shall deliver to the Conversion Agent a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, together with payment in
lieu of any fraction of a share thereof, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture, and the Conversion Agent shall forward such certificate or certificates at the addresses set forth in the written notices sent to the Company by the Holders electing
to convert their Securities. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, Conversion Notices may be delivered and such Securities may be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as
in effect from time to time. 
  

 5 

 The person in whose name the Common Stock certificate is registered shall be deemed to be a stockholder
of record on the Conversion Date; provided, however, that no surrender of a Security on any date when the stock transfer books of Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common
Stock upon such conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or
holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; provided further, however, that such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date as if
the stock transfer books of Company had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Security, such person shall no longer be a Holder of such Security. Holders shall not be entitled to receive any dividends payable to any holders of Common Stock as of any
record date before the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date. 
  
 Securities surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date immediately preceding any Payment Date to the opening of business on such Payment Date shall be accompanied by
payment in immediately available funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Payment Date on the principal amount of Securities being surrendered for conversion; provided, however,
that no such payment need be made if (1) the Company has specified a Designated Event Purchase Date pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Supplemental Indenture that is during such period, (2) the Company has specified a date for redemption of the
Securities pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Supplemental Indenture that is during such period or (3) only to the extent of overdue interest, any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Security. Interest shall be
payable to such registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion of such Security. If the Company defaults in the payment of interest payable on such Payment Date, the Company shall promptly repay such funds to such Holder. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 4.03 of the Supplemental Indenture, no payment or adjustment will be made for accrued interest on a converted Security. 
  
 4. Adjustments upon Mergers and Consolidations. 
  
 The Supplemental Indenture provides that in the event of (i) certain types of reclassification or changes of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii)
any consolidation, merger or combination of the Company with another Person or (iii) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company to any other Person, in each case of clauses (i)-(iii) as a result of
which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock, then the Company or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case
may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing that this Security shall be convertible into the kind and
amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance by a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of such Security (assuming, for such purposes, a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Stock are available to convert all such Securities) immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger,
combination, sale or conveyance assuming such holder of Common Stock did not exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash) receivable upon such
reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance (provided, however, that, if the kind or amount of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash) receivable upon such
reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised (a “non-electing share”), then the
kind and amount of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance for each non-electing share shall be deemed to be the kind
and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the non-electing shares). 
  

 6 

 5. Optional Redemption. 
  

The Securities will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to July 18, 2008. On or after July 18, 2008, the Company may, pursuant to the
provisions of Article 3 of the Supplemental Indenture, redeem all or a part of the Securities upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the dated fixed for redemption, on the Securities redeemed (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Payment Date), if
redeemed during the period indicated below: 
  

	 Period

	  	Percentage

	 
	 Beginning on July 18, 2008 and ending on July 14, 2009
	  	101.143	%
	 Beginning on July 15, 2009 and thereafter
	  	100.571	%

  
 6. Repurchase Upon Occurrence of a
Designated Event. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of a Designated
Event, the Company shall notify the Holders of the Securities of such occurrence by delivering a Designated Event Purchase Notice, and shall make a Designated Event Offer, and shall purchase, on a Business Day not more than 60 nor less than 30 days
following the Designated Event (a “Designated Event Purchase Date”) all, but not less than all, of the then outstanding Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if
any, to the Designated Event Purchase Date (the “Designated Event Purchase Price”). The Designated Event Offer shall remain open from the time of mailing for at least 20 Business Days or until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Business Day prior to the Designated Event Purchase Date, whichever is later. To exercise its repurchase right, a Holder shall deliver to the Trustee a written a Repurchase Notice, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the
Designated Event Purchase Notice. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Repurchase Notice, the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Repurchase Notice was given shall (unless such Repurchase Notice is withdrawn) thereafter be entitled to
receive solely the Designated Event Purchase Price with respect to such Security and, any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the Designated Event Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Designated Event Purchase Date. Holders of
Securities will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 20th Business Day after the mailing of the Designated Event Offer or 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the Designated Event Purchase Date, whichever is later. Securities in respect of which a Repurchase Notice
has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted into shares of Common Stock on or after the date of the delivery of such Repurchase Notice, unless such Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn in the manner provided for in the
Supplemental Indenture. Holders electing to have Securities purchased pursuant to a Designated Event Offer will be required to surrender their Securities to the Paying Agent at the address (in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York)
specified in the Designated Event Purchase Notice prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the Designated Event Purchase Date and must complete any form of letter of transmittal proposed by the Company and reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. Any portion of the principal amount of Securities that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, validly tendered into the Designated Event Offer and not withdrawn, will be accepted for
payment. 
  
 7. Partial Repurchase or Conversion. 
  
 In the event of repurchase or conversion of this Security in part only, a
new Security or Securities for the unrepurchased or unconverted portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation thereof. 
  

 7 

 8. Acceleration Upon Event of Default. 
  
 If an Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the
Securities may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 9. Amendment and Modification. 
  
 The Supplemental Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations
of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities under the Supplemental Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time
outstanding. The Supplemental Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of no less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities, to waive compliance by
the Company with certain provisions of the Supplemental Indenture and certain past defaults under the Supplemental Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such
Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security or such other Security. 
  
 10. Institution of Proceedings. 
  
 As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture,
the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Supplemental Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously
given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of
Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have
failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal
hereof or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein or for the enforcement of the right to convert this Security as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 11. No Impairment of Obligation to Pay or Right to Convert. 
  
 No reference herein to the Supplemental Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Supplemental Indenture shall
alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed or to convert this Security as
provided in the Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 12. Denominations. 

 
 The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Supplemental Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of a
different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. 
  
 13. Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 As provided in the
Supplemental Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable on the security register maintained by the Registrar, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the
office or agency of the Company in any place where the 

  

 8 

 
principal of and any interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees by the Registrar. 
  
 14. No Service
Charge. 
  
 No service charge shall be made for any such
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to recover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
  
 15. Treatment as Owner. 
  
 Prior to due presentation of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name Security is registered, as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 16. No Liability. 
  
 A director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporation, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability (except in
the case of bad faith or willful misconduct) for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creations. Each Holder by accepting
a Security waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Securities. 
  
 17. Governing Law. 
  
 THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO
CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

 9 

 ABBREVIATIONS 
  
 The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they
were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: 
  

	 TEN COM
	  	 –       as tenants in common

		
	 TEN ENT
	  	 –       as tenants by the entireties (Cust)

		
	 JT TEN
	  	 –       as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
common

		
	 UNIF GIFT MIN ACT
	  	 –       Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

  
 Additional
abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. 
  

 10 

 ELECTION OF HOLDER TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE 
 UPON A DESIGNATED EVENT 
  
 • Pursuant to Article 5 of the Supplemental Indenture dated July 2, 2003, the undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from the Company of a Designated Event Offer and requests and instructs the
Company to repurchase this Security, or the portion hereof (which is $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000) below designated, as of the Designated Event Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in such
Article 5. 
  
 • The undersigned hereby directs the Trustee
or the Company to pay to the undersigned an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount to be repurchased (as set forth below), plus interest accrued to the Designated Event Purchase Date, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture.

  
 • The undersigned elects (check one): 
  

	 	 ̈	 	to withdraw this notice with respect to the following Securities: 

  
 Principal amount:
                                        
                                        

  
 Certificate numbers:
                                        
                                     
  

	 	 ̈	 	to receive cash in respect of the entire Designated Event Purchase Price with respect to the Securities that are subject to this notice. 

  
 Notice: If the Holder fails to make an election, the Holder shall be deemed to have
elected to receive cash in respect of the entire Designated Event Purchase Price for all Securities subject to this notice. 
  
 Dated:                       
  

	 	 	

		
	 	 	

	 	 	Signature(s)
	
	 Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee
program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
  
  

	
 Signature Guaranteed

  

 11 

	Security certificate number (if any):
	
	Principal amount to be repurchased (if less than all):
	$                    
	
	Remaining principal amount after repurchase:
	$                    
	
	
 Social Security or

	Other Taxpayer Identification Number

  

 12 

 CONVERSION NOTICE 
  
 The undersigned Holder of this Security hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Security, or any portion of
the principal amount hereof (which is $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000), below designated, into shares of common stock of Crown Castle International Corp., $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”),
in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture referred to in this Security, and directs that such shares, together with a check in payment for any fractional share and any Securities representing any unconverted principal amount hereof,
be issued and delivered to and be registered in the name of the undersigned unless a different name has been indicated below. If shares of Common Stock or any portion of this Security not converted are to be registered in the name of a Person other
than the undersigned, (a) the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and (b) signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to
Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 
  
 Dated:                              
  

	

	
	  

	Signature(s)

  
 If shares or Securities are to
be registered in the name of a Person other than the Holder, please print such Person’s name and address: 
  

	
	
 Name

	
	
 Address

	  

	 Social Security or

	 Other Taxpayer Identification Number

	
	
 [Signature Guaranteed]

  

 13 

 If only a portion of the Securities is to be converted, please indicate: 
  

	 	1.	 	Principal amount to be converted: 

  
 $                    

  

	 	2.	 	Principal amount and denomination of Securities representing unconverted principal amount to be issued: 

  
 $                     
  

 14 

 FORM OF ASSIGNMENT 
  
 For value received
                         hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
                         [also insert social security or other identifying number of assignee] the within
Security, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                          as attorney to transfer the said
Security on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises. 
  
 Dated:                      
  

	

	
	
 Signature(s)

	
	Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.

  

 15 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES3 
  
 The following exchanges, repurchases or conversions of a part of this Global Security have been made: 
  

	 Date of
 Exchange

	 	 Principal
 Amount of
 this Global
 Security
 Following
 Such Decrease
 (or Increase)

	 	 Authorized
 Signatory of
 Custodian

	  	 Amount
 of Decrease
 in Principal
 Amount of
 this Global
 Security

	  	 Amount
 of Increase
 in Principal
 Amount of
 this Global
 Security

	3	 	This schedule should be included only if the Security is a Global Security.Indenture dated as of December 2, 2003

 EXHIBIT 4.18 
  
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

  
 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

  
 ISSUER 
  
 7.5% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of December 2, 2003 
  

  
 The Bank of New York 
  
 Trustee 
  

  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

	 Trust Indenture
 Act Section

	 	 	  	Indenture Section

	 310 (a)(1)
	 	 	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	 	 	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	 	 	  	7.10
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	7.10
	 (c)    
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 311 (a)    
	 	 	  	7.11
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	7.11
	 (c)    
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 312 (a)    
	 	 	  	2.05
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	11.03
	 (c)    
	 	 	  	11.03
	 313 (a)    
	 	 	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	 	 	  	7.07
	 (c)    
	 	 	  	7.06;11.02
	 (d)    
	 	 	  	7.06
	 314 (a)    
	 	 	  	4.03;11.02
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	 	 	  	11.04
	 (c)(2)
	 	 	  	11.04
	 (c)(3)
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 (d)    
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 (e)    
	 	 	  	11.05
	 (f)    
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 315 (a)    
	 	 	  	7.01
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	7.05;11.02
	 (c)    
	 	 	  	7.01
	 (d)    
	 	 	  	7.01
	 (e)    
	 	 	  	6.11
	       316 (a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	     (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	     (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	     (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	6.07
	 (c)    
	 	 	  	2.12
	 317 (a)(1)
	 	 	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	 	 	  	6.09
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	2.04
	 318 (a)    
	 	 	  	11.01
	 (b)    
	 	 	  	N.A.
	 (c)    
	 	 	  	11.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	 	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

 
  

	 	  	 	  	Page

	
	 ARTICLE 1
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE

			
	 Section 1.01.
	  	 Definitions.
	  	1
			
	 Section 1.02.
	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	20
			
	 Section 1.03.
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
	  	20
			
	 Section 1.04.
	  	 Rules of Construction.
	  	21
	
	 ARTICLE 2
 THE NOTES

			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	 Form and Dating.
	  	21
			
	 Section 2.02.
	  	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	22
			
	 Section 2.03.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	22
			
	 Section 2.04.
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	23
			
	 Section 2.05.
	  	 Holder Lists.
	  	23
			
	 Section 2.06.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	23
			
	 Section 2.07.
	  	 Replacement Notes.
	  	34
			
	 Section 2.08.
	  	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	35
			
	 Section 2.09.
	  	 Treasury Notes.
	  	35
			
	 Section 2.10.
	  	 Temporary Notes.
	  	35
			
	 Section 2.11.
	  	 Cancellation.
	  	35
			
	 Section 2.12.
	  	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	36
	 ARTICLE 3
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

			
	 Section 3.01.
	  	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	36
			
	 Section 3.02.
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
	  	36
			
	 Section 3.03.
	  	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	37
			
	 Section 3.04.
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	37
			
	 Section 3.05.
	  	 Deposit of Redemption Price.
	  	37
			
	 Section 3.06.
	  	 Notes Redeemed in Part.
	  	38
			
	 Section 3.07.
	  	 Optional Redemption.
	  	38
			
	 Section 3.08.
	  	 Mandatory Redemption.
	  	39
			
	 Section 3.09.
	  	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
	  	39

  

 i 

	
	 ARTICLE 4
 COVENANTS

			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	 Payment of Notes.
	  	40
			
	 Section 4.02.
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	41
			
	 Section 4.03.
	  	 Reports.
	  	41
			
	 Section 4.04.
	  	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	42
			
	 Section 4.05.
	  	 Taxes.
	  	42
			
	 Section 4.06.
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	43
			
	 Section 4.07.
	  	 Restricted Payments.
	  	43
			
	 Section 4.08.
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	46
			
	 Section 4.09.
	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
	  	48
			
	 Section 4.10.
	  	 Asset Sales.
	  	51
			
	 Section 4.11.
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	52
			
	 Section 4.12.
	  	 Liens.
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.13.
	  	 Business Activities.
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.14.
	  	 Corporate Existence.
	  	53
			
	 Section 4.15.
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
	  	54
			
	 Section 4.16.
	  	 Sale and Leaseback Transactions.
	  	55
			
	 Section 4.17.
	  	 Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.
	  	56
			
	 Section 4.18.
	  	 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.
	  	56
			
	 Section 4.19.
	  	 Effectiveness of Covenants
	  	56
	
	 ARTICLE 5
 SUCCESSORS

			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
	  	57
			
	 Section 5.02.
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted.
	  	58
	
	 ARTICLE 6
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

			
	 Section 6.01.
	  	 Events of Default.
	  	58
			
	 Section 6.02.
	  	 Acceleration.
	  	60

  

 ii 

			
	 Section 6.03.
	  	 Other Remedies.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.04.
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.05.
	  	 Control by Majority.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.06.
	  	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	60
			
	 Section 6.07.
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	  	61
			
	 Section 6.08.
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	61
			
	 Section 6.09.
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	61
			
	 Section 6.10.
	  	 Priorities.
	  	62
			
	 Section 6.11.
	  	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	62
	
	 ARTICLE 7
 TRUSTEE

			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	62
			
	 Section 7.02.
	  	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	63
			
	 Section 7.03.
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.04.
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.05.
	  	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.06.
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	64
			
	 Section 7.07.
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	65
			
	 Section 7.08.
	  	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	65
			
	 Section 7.09.
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	66
			
	 Section 7.10.
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	66
			
	 Section 7.11.
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
	  	67
	
	 ARTICLE 8
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	67
			
	 Section 8.02.
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	67
			
	 Section 8.03.
	  	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	67
			
	 Section 8.04.
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	68
			
	 Section 8.05.
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	69
			
	 Section 8.06.
	  	 Repayment to Company.
	  	70
			
	 Section 8.07.
	  	 Reinstatement.
	  	70

  

 iii 

	 ARTICLE 9
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	70
			
	 Section 9.02.
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	71
			
	 Section 9.03.
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	72
			
	 Section 9.04.
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	72
			
	 Section 9.05.
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	72
			
	 Section 9.06.
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	73
	
	 ARTICLE 10
 NOTE GUARANTEES

			
	 Section 10.01.
	  	 Guarantee.
	  	73
			
	 Section 10.02.
	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
	  	74
			
	 Section 10.03.
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.
	  	74
			
	 Section 10.04.
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	75
			
	 Section 10.05.
	  	 Releases Following Sale of Assets.
	  	75
	
	 ARTICLE 11
 MISCELLANEOUS

			
	 Section 11.01.
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	  	76
			
	 Section 11.02.
	  	 Notices.
	  	76
			
	 Section 11.03.
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	  	77
			
	 Section 11.04.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	77
			
	 Section 11.05.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	77
			
	 Section 11.06.
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.07.
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.08.
	  	 Governing Law.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.09.
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.10.
	  	 Successors.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.11.
	  	 Severability.
	  	78
			
	 Section 11.12.
	  	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	79
			
	 Section 11.13.
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	79

  

 iv 

 EXHIBITS 
  

	 Exhibit A
	  	 FORM OF NOTE

	 Exhibit B
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	 Exhibit C
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

	 Exhibit D
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

	 Exhibit E
	  	 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

	 Exhibit F
	  	 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

  
  

 v 

 INDENTURE dated as of December 2, 2003 between Crown Castle International Corp., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 7.5% Senior Notes
due 2013 (each, a “Note”, and, collectively, the “Notes”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section
1.01. Definitions. 
  
 “10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes” means the
Company’s 10 3/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2011. 
  
 “144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the
form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  

	 	(1)	 	Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including, without limitation,
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

  
 “Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture, in
accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
  
 “Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available,
less the Company’s Tower Cash Flow for such four-quarter period; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	the product of four times the Company’s Tower Cash Flow for the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available. 

  
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above: 
  

	 	(1)	 	 acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related
financing transactions, during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the calculation date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the 

  

 1 

	 	 
reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (2) of the proviso set forth in the
definition of Consolidated Net Income; 

  

	 	(2)	 	the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the calculation date,
shall be excluded; and 

  

	 	(3)	 	the corporate development expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in a manner consistent with the audited financial statements of the Company included in
the Offering Memorandum shall be added to Consolidated Cash Flow to the extent it was included in computing Consolidated Net Income. 

  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by”
and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

  
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect
to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and leaseback); provided that the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the Section 4.15 and Article 5 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	the issue or sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares or
shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), in the case of either clause (1) or (2), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions: 

  

	 	(a)	 	that have a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	for net proceeds in excess of $1.0 million. 

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 
  

	 	(1)	 	a transfer of assets by the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

 2 

	 	(2)	 	an issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(3)	 	a transfer or issuance of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such transfer or issuance does not result in a
decrease in the percentage of ownership of the voting securities of such transferee Unrestricted Subsidiary that are collectively held by the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(4)	 	a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; 

  

	 	(5)	 	grants of leases or licenses in the ordinary course of business; and 

  

	 	(6)	 	disposals of Cash Equivalents. 

  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at
the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). 
  
 “August 1999 Senior Note Indenture” means that certain indenture dated as of August 3, 1999 between the Company and the United States
Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, governing the Company’s 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2011.

  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S.
Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

  
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time
any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

  

	 	(2)	 	in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

  

	 	(3)	 	in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 

  

	 	(4)	 	any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

  

 3 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	United States dollars; 

  

	 	(2)	 	securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of
the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

  

	 	(3)	 	certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six
months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Senior Credit Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of
“B” or better; 

  

	 	(4)	 	repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial
institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 

  

	 	(5)	 	commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and in each case maturing within six
months after the date of acquisition; and 

  

	 	(6)	 	money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1)-(5) of this definition. 

  
 “CCAIC” means CCA Investment Corp., which is an indirect
wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company and was formed to hold the Company’s Equity Interests in Crown Atlantic Holding Company LLC. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

  

	 	(2)	 	the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

  

	 	(3)	 	 the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person”
(as defined above), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to
have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company (measured by voting power rather than number of shares); provided that transfers of Equity Interests in the Company between or among the beneficial owners of the Company’s
Equity Interests and/or Equity Interests in CTSH, in 

  

 4 

	 	 
each case as of the date hereof, will not be deemed to cause a Change of Control under this clause (3) so long as no single Person together with its
Affiliates acquires a beneficial interest in more of the Voting Stock of the Company than is at the time collectively beneficially owned by the Principals and their Related Parties; 

  

	 	(4)	 	the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors; or 

  

	 	(5)	 	the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction
in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or
transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance); or 

  

	 	(b)	 	the Principals and their Related Parties own a majority of such outstanding shares after such transaction. 

  
 “Company” means Crown Castle International Corp., and any
and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Completed Tower”
means any wireless transmission tower owned or managed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, as of any date of determination: 
  

	 	(1)	 	has at least one wireless communications or broadcast tenant that has executed a definitive lease with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which lease is producing
revenue with respect to the tower as of the date of determination; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	has capacity for at least two tenants in addition to the tenant referred to in clause (1) of this definition. 

  
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period; plus 
  

	 	(1)	 	provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was included in computing
such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation,
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  

 5 

	 	(3)	 	depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; minus 

  

	 	(4)	 	non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business), 

  
 in each case on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of 
  

	 	(1)	 	the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
plus 

  

	 	(3)	 	the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with GAAP, whether paid or accrued and whether or not
capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated
with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant
to Hedging Obligations); plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	all preferred stock dividends paid or accrued in respect of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ preferred stock to Persons other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than preferred stock dividends paid by the Company in shares of preferred stock that is not Disqualified Stock. 

  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that 
  

	 	(1)	 	the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person other than the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 

  

 6 

	 	(2)	 	the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded; 

  

	 	(3)	 	the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded; and 

  

	 	(4)	 	the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded whether or not distributed to the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

  
 “Consolidated Tangible Assets”
means, with respect to the Company, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less the total intangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent internal consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who: 
  

	 	(1)	 	was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture; 

  

	 	(2)	 	was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time
of such nomination or election; or 

  

	 	(3)	 	is a designee of a Principal or was nominated by a Principal. 

  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof or such other address as
to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit
loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. 
  
 “CTI” means Crown Castle UK Limited, formerly known as Castle Transmission International Limited. 
  
 “CTSH” means Crown Castle UK Holdings Limited, formerly known as Crown Transmission Services (Holdings) Ltd, and its successors.

  
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as Custodian
with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
  
 “Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company as of such date to 

  

	 	(2)	 	the Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company as of such date. 

  

 7 

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice
or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Definitive
Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and
shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03
hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would
constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms
of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. 
  
 “Eligible Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness other than:

  

	 	(1)	 	Indebtedness in the form of, or represented by, bonds or other securities or any guarantee thereof; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	Indebtedness that is, or may be, quoted, listed or purchased and sold on any stock exchange, automated trading system or over-the-counter or other securities market (including,
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the market for securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act). 

  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock
(but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

  
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 8 

 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other
than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility) in existence on August 3, 1999, until such amounts are repaid. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the
Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Governance Agreement” means the agreement among the Company, TdF and its affiliates, dated as of August 21, 1998, to provide for certain
rights and obligations of the Company, TdF and its affiliates with respect to the management of the Company. 
  
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for
which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of
assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under: 
  

	 	(1)	 	interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates. 

  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

  
 “IAI Global Note” means the Global Note
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal
to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar
instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker’s acceptances or representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or representing any
Hedging Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued 
  

 9 

 expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by
such Person (the amount of such Indebtedness as of any date being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets as of such date or the principal amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person so secured) and, to the extent not
otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
from time to time. 
  
 “Indirect Participant”
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Notes” means the first $300 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
  
 “Initial Purchaser” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as the purchaser of the Notes from the Company
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Institutional
Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company issues any of its Equity Interests such that, in each case, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. 

 
 “Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes
receive a rating of “BBB—” or higher (with a stable outlook) from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (with a stable outlook) (or, if either
such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other ‘‘nationally recognized statistical rating organization’’ within the meaning of
Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency). 
  

 10 

 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the
City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any
financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction). 
  
 “May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of May 17, 1999, between the Company and the United
States Trust Company of New York, as trustee, governing the Company’s 10- 3/8% Senior Discount Notes.

  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to
any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: 

  

	 	(a)	 	any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions); or 

  

	 	(b)	 	the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and 

  

	 	(2)	 	any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss. 

  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof; 

  

	 	(2)	 	taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); 

  

	 	(3)	 	amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility) secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of
such Asset Sale; 

  

 11 

	 	(4)	 	all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale; 

  

	 	(5)	 	the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Sale
and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale; and 

  

	 	(6)	 	without duplication, any reserves that Board of Directors determines in good faith should be made in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets for post closing adjustments;

  
 provided that in the case of any reversal of any reserve
referred to in clause (5) or (6) above, the amount so reversed shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale as of the date of such reversal. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(1)	 	as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

  

	 	(a)	 	provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness); 

  

	 	(b)	 	is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); or 

  

	 	(c)	 	constitutes the lender; 

  

	 	(2)	 	no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice,
lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity;
and 

  

	 	(3)	 	as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except that
this clause (3) will not apply to any Indebtedness incurred by CTSH and its Subsidiaries prior to the date CTSH became a Subsidiary). 

  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Offering” means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

  
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering
Memorandum dated November 17, 2003 relating to the offering of the Notes, including all amendments and all materials incorporated by reference in such Offering Memorandum. 
  

 12 

 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate
signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 11.04 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel”
means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

  
 “Participant” means a Person who has an
account with the Depositary. 
  
 “Permitted
Business” means any business conducted by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries or CTSH and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any other business related, ancillary or complementary to any such business. 
  
 “Permitted Investment” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

  

	 	(2)	 	any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

  

	 	(3)	 	any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 

  

	 	(a)	 	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; 

  

	 	(4)	 	any Restricted Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof;

  

	 	(5)	 	any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 

  

	 	(6)	 	receivables created in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(7)	 	loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time
outstanding; 

  

	 	(8)	 	securities and other assets received in settlement of trade debts or other claims arising in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(9)	 	purchases of additional Equity Interests in CTSH for cash pursuant to the governance agreement as the same is in effect on the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Notes Indenture
for aggregate cash consideration not to exceed $20.0 million since the beginning of the quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Notes Indenture was executed; 

  

 13 

	 	(10)	 	Investments since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture of up to an aggregate of $100.0 million (each such Investment being measured as of the date made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 

  

	 	(11)	 	other Investments in Permitted Businesses since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture not to exceed an amount equal to $10.0 million plus 10% of the Company’s
Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding (each such Investment being measured as of the date made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 

  
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	Liens securing Eligible Indebtedness of the Company under one or more Credit Facilities that was permitted by the terms hereof to be incurred; 

  

	 	(2)	 	Liens securing any Indebtedness of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted by the terms hereof to be incurred; 

  

	 	(3)	 	Liens in favor of the Company; 

  

	 	(4)	 	Liens existing on the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture; 

  

	 	(5)	 	Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted
and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 

  

	 	(6)	 	Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clause (5) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and 

  

	 	(7)	 	Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture with respect to
obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that: 

  

	 	(a)	 	are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business); and

  

	 	(b)	 	do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary. 

  
 “Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 
  

 14 

	 	(1)	 	the principal amount (or initial accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if
applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of expenses and prepayment premiums incurred in connection therewith); 

  

	 	(2)	 	such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

  

	 	(3)	 	if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

  

	 	(4)	 	such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded. 

  
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any such entity or
substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business). 
  
 “Principals” means Berkshire Fund III, Limited Partnership; Berkshire Fund IV, Limited Partnership; Berkshire Investors LLC; Berkshire Partners LLC; Centennial Fund IV, L.P.; Centennial Fund V, L.P.;
Centennial Entrepreneurs Fund V, L.P.; Nassau Capital Partners II, L.P.; and NAS Partners I, L.L.C. and any Related Party of the foregoing. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except
where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Public Equity Offering” means an underwritten primary public offering of common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as
of May 10, 2001 between the Company and the Initial Purchaser. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2003, by and among the Company and the
other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other
parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

 

 15 

 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a global Note substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Related Party” with respect to any Principal means: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary of such Principal; or 

  

	 	(2)	 	any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, members, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest
of which consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 

  
 “Responsible Officer” with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other
officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means
Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule
904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Senior Credit Facility” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2000, by and among The Chase Manhattan Bank, Key
Corporate Capital, Inc. The Bank of Nova Scotia, as agents for the several lenders, and Crown Castle Operating Company and the Company as amended by the Amended and Restated Credit and Exchange Agreement, dated October 10, 2003, among Crown Castle
Operating Company and Crown Castle International Corp. de Puerto Rico, as borrowers, the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, and the several lenders thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time. 
  

 16 

 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that would be a “significant subsidiary” of such Person as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof, except that all references to “10 percent” in Rule 1-02(w)(1), (2) and (3) shall mean “5 percent” and that all
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company shall be excluded from all calculations under Rule 1-02(w). 
  
 “Special Interest” means all Special Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) then owing pursuant to Section 2(c) of
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such
Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Stockholders’ Agreement” means the agreement among the
Company and certain stockholders of the Company, dated as of August 21, 1998, to provide for certain rights and obligations of the Company and such stockholders with respect to the governance of the Company and such stockholders’ shares of
Common Stock and/or Class A Common Stock of the Company. 
  
 “Strategic Equity Investment” means a cash contribution to the common equity capital of the Company or a purchase from the Company of common Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in either case by or from a
Strategic Equity Investor and for aggregate cash consideration of at least $50.0 million. 
  
 “Strategic Equity Investor” means a Person engaged in a Permitted Business whose Total Equity Market Capitalization exceeds $1.0 billion. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
  

	 	(1)	 	any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

  

	 	(2)	 	any partnership: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 

  

 17 

 “TdF” means TéléDiffusion de France International S.A. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
  
 “Total Equity Market Capitalization” of any Person means, as of any day of determination, the sum of: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the product of: 

  

	 	(a)	 	the aggregate number of outstanding primary shares of common stock of such Person on such day (which shall not include any options or warrants on, or securities convertible or
exchangeable into, shares of common stock of such person); multiplied by 

  

	 	(b)	 	the average closing price of such common stock listed on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market System over the 20 consecutive business days immediately
preceding such day; plus 

  

	 	(2)	 	the liquidation value of any outstanding shares of preferred stock of such Person on such day. 

  
 “Tower Asset Exchange” means any transaction in which the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries
exchanges assets for Tower Assets and/or cash or Cash Equivalents where the fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the Tower Assets and cash or
Cash Equivalents received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such exchange is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets disposed of in such exchange. 
  
 “Tower Assets” means wireless transmission towers and related assets that are located on the site of a
transmission tower. 
  
 “Tower Cash Flow” means,
for any period, the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that is directly attributable to site rental revenue or license fees paid to lease or sublease space on communication sites owned or leased by
the Company, all determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Tower Cash Flow will not include revenue or expenses attributable to non-site rental services provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to lessees
of communication sites or revenues derived from the sale of assets. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global Note
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered
in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
  

 18 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the
Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution; but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
  

	 	(1)	 	has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

  

	 	(2)	 	is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 

  

	 	(3)	 	is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 

  

	 	(a)	 	to subscribe for additional Equity Interests; or 

  

	 	(b)	 	to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; 

  

	 	(4)	 	has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

  

	 	(5)	 	has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one executive
officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of the board resolution
giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. In addition, each Subsidiary of the Company that is an
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” as of the date hereof under the indentures relating to the Company’s existing indebtedness shall be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” for purposes of this Indenture. If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture, and any Indebtedness of that Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred
by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of Section 4.09 hereof). The Board of Directors may at
any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary and the designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference
period and (2) no Default would occur or be in existence following such designation. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election
of the board of directors of such Person. 
  

 19 

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date,
the number of years obtained by dividing: 
  

	 	(1)	 	the sum of the products obtained by multiplying : 

  

	 	(a)	 	the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof; by

  

	 	(b)	 	the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 

  

	 	(2)	 	the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or
other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

  

	 Term

	  	 Defined in
 Section

	  
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale”
	  	4.10
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07

  
 Section 1.03. Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  

 20 

 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this
Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA’s reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of
Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires:

  

	 	(a)	 	a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

  

	 	(b)	 	an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

  

	 	(c)	 	“or” is not exclusive; 

  

	 	(d)	 	words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

  

	 	(e)	 	provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

  

	 	(f)	 	references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

  
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.
Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee,
by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this
Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  

 21 

 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto
(but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each
shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the
Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
  
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall
nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for
original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.08 hereof. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to
authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights
as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 Section
2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.
If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
  

 22 

 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as
Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to
Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company shall require each
Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying
Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for
the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each
interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, and the Company shall otherwise
comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  
 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A
Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor
Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company
in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or
(ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and
delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06, or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be
exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in 

  

 23 

 
the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global
Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in
the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
Person (other than the Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
  
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of
beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing
information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the
requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global
Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal
amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  

 24 

 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI
Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

  
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 25 

 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted
Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
  
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in
accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (3)(c) thereof, 

  

 26 

 
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the
Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth
in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 27 

 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and
the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (d)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon
receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

  
 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is
being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  

 28 

 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A)
above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 29 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee
shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.
Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney,
duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under
the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder
thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
  

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a
Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  

 30 

 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not
affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount 

  

 31 

 
of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted
Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
  
 (g)
Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (i) Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each
Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: TWO YEARS] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN
DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT
PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR 

  

 32 

 
(E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON
THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii),
(d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.” 
  
 (iii) Original Issue Discount Legend. Each Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986,
AS AMENDED, THIS SECURITY IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS SECURITY, THE ISSUE PRICE IS $966.03, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $33.97, THE ISSUE DATE IS DECEMBER 2, 2003 AND THE YIELD
TO MATURITY IS 8.0% PER ANNUM.” 
  
 (h) Cancellation
and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part,
each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a
Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on
such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

  
 (i) General Provisions Relating to
Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) To permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request. 
  

 33 

 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
  
 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for
redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a
transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and
for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

  
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and
Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
  
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft
of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be
supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may
charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  

 34 

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by
the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company
holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof. 
  

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
  
 If the
principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient
to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
  
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  

 35 

 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner,
plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such
special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at
the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount). 
  
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to
purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed as follows: 
  

	 	(1)	 	if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed; or 

  

	 	(2)	 	if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

  
 No Notes of $1,000 of principal amount or less
will be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class
mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of
the principal amount of that Note to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note presented for redemption will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 
  

 36 

 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the
Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 
  

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
  
 (1) the redemption date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price; 
  
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon
surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or
printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the Company’s request, the
Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate
requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
  
 One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes, if any, to be redeemed on that date. The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to
be redeemed. 
  

 37 

 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date,
interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of the Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest
shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply
with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in
the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the
Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  
 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) Except as provided in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will
not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to December 1, 2008. On or after December 1, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	103.750	%
	 2009
	  	102.500	%
	 2010
	  	101.250	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) Notwithstanding
the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time during the period after the date of the original issuance of the Notes until December 1, 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes originally issued at a redemption price equal to 107.500% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed on the redemption date with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings and/or Strategic
Equity Investments provided that: 
  
 (1)
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); and 
  
 (2) the redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of the
closing of such Public Equity Offering or Strategic Equity Investment. 
  
 (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

 38 

 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

  
 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

  
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the
Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to
the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the
aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and other senior Indebtedness of the Company required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (on a pro rata basis if Notes and other senior Indebtedness of the Company
tendered are in excess of the Excess Proceeds) (which maximum amount shall be the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other senior Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale
Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
  
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by
first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale
Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
  
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain
open; 
  
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the
Purchase Date; 
  
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for
payment shall continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (d) that, unless
the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in
integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
  
 (f) that Holders electing
to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  

 39 

 (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the depositary or the
Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for
purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and other senior Indebtedness of the Company surrendered by
Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  
 (i) that Holders whose Notes
were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to
the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other senior Indebtedness tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly
(but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall
promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so
accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant
to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE
4 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the
Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in
immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
  
 The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1%
per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to
any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

 40 

 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of
the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency
in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

 
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as
one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
  
 Section 4.03. Reports. 
  
 Whether or not
required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes: 
  
 (1) quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if
the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (in
each case to the extent not prohibited by the SEC’s rules and regulations): 
  
 (a) the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition
and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company; and 
  
 (b) the Tower Cash Flow for the most recently completed fiscal quarter and the Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow for the most recently
completed four-quarter period) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 
  

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports,
in each case within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations. 
  

 41 

 (3) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders
and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such
information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and
prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
  
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 
  
 (1) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the
preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such
Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of
the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such
event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (2) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred,
specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
  
 (3) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto. 
  
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 
  
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay,
prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Notes. 
  

 42 

 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
  
 The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  
 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company); 
  
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than any such Equity
Interests owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); 
  
 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, except a payment of interest or principal at Stated
Maturity; or 
  
 (4) make any Restricted
Investment, (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4), including those occurring since the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture, being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), 
  
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment: 
  
 (1) no Default has
occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of the Restricted Payment; and 
  
 (2) the Company would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated
Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to comply with this clause (2) in order to make any Restricted Investment; and

  
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with
the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3) and (4) of the
paragraph of exceptions below), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
  
 (a) 100% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal
quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if
the Consolidated Cash Flow for such period is a deficit, less 100% of the deficit), less 1.75 times the Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company since the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture
was executed; plus 
  
  

 43 

 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the beginning
of the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and except to the
extent such net cash proceeds are used to incur new Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to clause (11) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof) or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been
converted into Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities that have been converted into
Disqualified Stock); plus 
  
 (c) to the extent
that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of: 
  
 (A) the cash return of capital with respect to the Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if
any); and 
  
 (B) the initial amount of the
Restricted Investment; plus 
  
 (d) to the extent
that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company and all of its Subsidiaries are designated as Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture, the lesser of: 
  
 (A) the fair market value of the Company’s Investments
in such Subsidiaries as of the date of such designation; or 
  
 (B) the sum of: 
  
 (x) the fair market value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiaries as of the date on which such Subsidiaries were originally designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (y) the amount of any Investments made in such Subsidiaries
subsequent to such designation (and treated as Restricted Payments) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;  
  

 44 

 provided that: 
  
 (i) in the event the Unrestricted Subsidiaries designated as Restricted Subsidiaries are CTSH and its
Subsidiaries, the references in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (d) to fair market value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiaries shall mean the amount by which the fair market value of all such Investments exceeds 34.3% of the fair
market value of CTSH and its Subsidiaries as a whole; and 
  
 (ii) in the event the Unrestricted Subsidiaries designated as Restricted Subsidiaries are CCAIC and its Subsidiaries, the references in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (d) to fair market value of the Company’s
Investments in such Subsidiaries shall mean the amount by which the fair market value of all such Investments exceeds $250.0 million; plus 
  
 (e) 50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture
from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period. 
  
 The preceding provisions shall not prohibit: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of that dividend, if at said date of declaration such payment would have
complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) the making
of any Investment or the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds from the sale since the beginning of
the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the net cash proceeds
are not used to incur new Indebtedness pursuant to clause (11) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof); and provided further that, in each case, the amount of any net cash proceeds that are so utilized will be excluded from clause
(3)(b) of the preceding paragraph; 
  
 (3) the defeasance,
redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value
of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock
option agreement in effect as of the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture; provided that the aggregate price paid for all of the repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed (a) $500,000 in any
twelve-month period and (b) $5.0 million in the aggregate since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture; or 
  

 45 

 (6) the payment of scheduled dividends on the Company’s 12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2010, whether paid in cash or in kind through the
issuance of additional shares of such preferred stock, all in accordance with the certificate of designations governing such preferred stock as in effect on the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture. 
  
 The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so
designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph in this Section 4.07. All of those outstanding Investments will be deemed to
constitute Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if the Restricted Payment would be permitted at the time and if the Restricted Subsidiary
otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause a Default. 
  
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value
of any property, assets or Investments required by this covenant to be valued will be valued by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect to the determination will be delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; 
  
 (2) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (4) transfer any
of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The preceding restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (1) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date hereof, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or 
  

 46 

 
refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the applicable series of Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date hereof; 
  
 (2) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary under any
Credit Facility that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Credit Facility and Indebtedness contain only such encumbrances and restrictions on such Restricted Subsidiary’s ability to engage in
the activities set forth in clauses (1) through (4) of the preceding paragraph as are, at the time such Credit Facility is entered into or amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced, ordinary and
customary for a Credit Facility of that type as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors (and evidenced in a board resolution), which determination shall be conclusively binding; 
  
 (3) encumbrances and restrictions applicable to any
Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the same are in effect as of the date on which the Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, and as the same may be amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced;
provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to the dividend and other payment restrictions than
those contained in the applicable series of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary as in effect on the date on which such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  

(4) any Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued if
the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or default with respect to a financial covenant contained in the Indebtedness or agreement and the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the
Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company) and the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to pay interest or principal on
the Notes; 
  
 (5) this Indenture; 
  
 (6) applicable law; 
  
 (7) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock
of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time that Person is acquired by the Company (except to the extent the Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition),
which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, the
Indebtedness was permitted by the terms hereof to be incurred; 
  
 (8) customary non-assignment provisions in leases or licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described
in clause (5) in the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof on the property so acquired; 
  

 47 

 (10) the provisions of agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4)
of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; 
  
 (11) any agreement for the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale; 
  
 (12) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing the Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
  
 (13) Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to transfer the
assets subject to such Liens; 
  
 (14) provisions
with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements; and 
  
 (15) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business. 
  
 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock if, in each case, the Company’s Debt to Adjusted
Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio at the time of incurrence of the Indebtedness or the issuance of the preferred stock, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of proceeds from such incurrence or
issuance as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, would have been no greater than 7.5 to 1. 
  
 The provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit
the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or to the issuance of any of the following items of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (1) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture in an aggregate principal amount (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) at any one time outstanding not to exceed the product of $150,000 times the number of Completed Towers on the date of such incurrence; 
  
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) the incurrence by the Company of the Indebtedness represented by notes issued on the date of the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture; 
  

 48 

 (4) the issuance by the Company of additional shares of its 12 3/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2010 solely for the purpose of paying dividends thereon and the
incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Company’s 12 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange
Debentures due 2010; 
  
 (5) the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case
incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount,
including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (5), not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Disqualified Stock
of the Company (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) or this clause (6) of this paragraph; 
  
 (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
  
 (i) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash
of all Obligations with respect to the Notes of such series and that: 
  
 (ii)(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  
       (B) any sale or other
transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
  
 shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of the Indebtedness by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be; 
  
 (8) the incurrence by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or
currency exchange risk; 
  
 (9) the guarantee by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Indenture; 
  
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with the acquisition of assets or a new Subsidiary and the incurrence by the 

  

 49 

 
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness as a result of the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that, in the case of any such incurrence of Acquired Debt, such Acquired Debt was incurred by the prior owner of such assets or such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such acquisition by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries
and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the acquisition by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided further that, in the case of any incurrence pursuant to this clause (10), as a result of such
acquisition by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio at the time of incurrence of such Acquired Debt, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, would have been less than the Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio for
the same period without giving pro forma effect to such incurrence; 
  
 (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the sum of: 
  
 (i) 2.0 times the aggregate net cash proceeds; plus

  
 (ii) 1.0 times the fair market value of
non-cash proceeds (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee); in each case, from the issuance and sale, other than to a Subsidiary, of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company since the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the May 1999 Senior Discount Note Indenture was executed (less the amount of such proceeds used to make Restricted Payments as provided in clause (3)(b) of the
first paragraph or clause (2) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof); and 
  
 (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the August 1999 Senior Note Indenture of
additional Indebtedness and/or the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock in an aggregate principal amount, accreted value or liquidation preference, as applicable, at any time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million. 
  
 In addition, the Company shall not: 
  
 (1) incur any Indebtedness that is contractually
subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness
of the Company will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured; and 
  
 (2) permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt.

  
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09,
in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (12) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the
Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify in whole or in part) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the
payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness 

  

 50 

 
shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date
hereof shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The debt represented by the Notes issued on the date hereof shall be deemed to have been incurred on
such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (11) of the definition of Permitted Debt and the exchange notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes shall be deemed to be a Permitted Refinancing under such clause (11). 
  
 Section 4.10. Asset Sales. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

  
 (2) fair market value is determined by the
Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
  
 (3) except in the case of a Tower Asset Exchange, at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. 
  
 For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company’s
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any guarantee of the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any assets pursuant to a customary novation
agreement that releases the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and 
  
 (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted
by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 20 days of the applicable Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion. 
  
 Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net Proceeds to:

  

	 	(1)	 	reduce Indebtedness under a Credit Facility; 

  

	 	(2)	 	reduce other Indebtedness of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(3)	 	the acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business; 

  

 51 

	 	(4)	 	the acquisition of Voting Stock of a Permitted Business from a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that, after giving effect to the acquisition, the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiary owns a majority of the Voting Stock of that business; or 

  

	 	(5)	 	the making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 

  
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may
temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  
 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to constitute “Excess
Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and all holders of other senior Indebtedness of the Company containing provisions similar to
those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other senior Indebtedness of the Company that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be payable in cash and will be 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, if any. In the case of any other senior Indebtedness,
the offer price shall be 100% of the principal amount of the Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. Each Asset Sale Offer shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth herein and the other
senior Indebtedness of the Company. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use the remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal
amount, as applicable, of Notes and the other senior Indebtedness of the Company tendered into the Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro
rata basis. Upon completion of the Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or
assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

  
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above
and that the Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
  

 52 

 (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion to the Holders of the Notes as to the fairness of the Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
following items shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions: 
  
 (1) any employment arrangements with any executive officer of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with compensation arrangements of similarly situated executive officers at comparable companies engaged in Permitted Businesses; 
  
 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) payment of directors fees in an aggregate annual amount
not to exceed $25,000 per Person; 
  
 (4)
Restricted Payments that are permitted under Section 4.07 hereof; 
  
 (5) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; and 
  
 (6) transactions pursuant to the provisions of the Governance Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, as the same are in effect on
the date hereof. 
  
 Section 4.12. Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to
receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens. 
  
 Section 4.13. Business
Activities. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to the extent as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  
 Section 4.14. Corporate Existence. 
  
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 
  
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership
or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and 
  
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and
franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such 

  

 53 

 
right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the
preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
  
 If a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price, in cash, equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), to the date of purchase (the
“Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute a change of control and stating: 
  
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant
to this covenant and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue
interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
  
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000
in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 On the Change of Control
Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, 
  
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of the Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  

 54 

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions of the Notes so tendered; and 
  
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

  
 The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes
properly tendered payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for the Notes (the “Change of Control Payment”), and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note
equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered by such Holder, if any; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly
announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 The Change of Control provisions described above shall be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. The Company
shall comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable to any Change of Control Offer. If the provisions of any of the applicable
securities laws or securities regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section
4.15 by virtue of the compliance. 
  
 The Company shall not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change
of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. The provisions under this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the
Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
  
 Section 4.16. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback
transaction; provided, however, that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if: 
  
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have: 
  
 (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback
transaction pursuant to the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; or 
  
 (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; 
  
 (2) the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at
least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the property that is the subject of the sale and leaseback transaction; and 
  

 55 

 (3) the transfer of assets in the sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies
the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 Section 4.17. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company: 
  
 (1) shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any
Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); and 
  

(2) shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any of its Equity Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its
Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares) to any Person other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, unless, in each such case: 
  
 (a) as a result of such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition or issuance, such Restricted
Subsidiary no longer constitutes a Subsidiary; and 
  
 (b) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition or issuance are applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance or sale of shares of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
will not violate the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence if such shares are issued or sold in connection with (x) the formation or capitalization of a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) a single transaction or a series of substantially
contemporaneous transactions whereby such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by reason of the acquisition of securities or assets from another Person. 
  
 Section 4.18. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness. 
  
 The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure
the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company unless such Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture governing the Notes providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such
Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by a Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its
terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person other than a Subsidiary of the Company, of all of the Company’s stock in, or all or substantially all the assets
of, such Subsidiary, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. The form of such Guarantee is attached as Exhibit F hereto. 
  
 Section 4.19. Effectiveness of Covenants 
  
 The covenants described under Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.17 and Section 5.01(b)(iv) (collectively, the “Suspended
Covenants”) will no longer be in effect upon the Company attaining Investment Grade Status. If at any time the Company’s credit rating is downgraded from Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be
reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in 

  

 56 

 
connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Company subsequently
attains Investment Grade Status (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall again no longer be in effect for such time that the Company maintains Investment Grade Status); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of
any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring after the Company attains
Investment Grade Status and before any reinstatement of such Suspended Covenants as provided above, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to such reinstatement, regardless of whether such actions or
events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. 
  
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not: 
  
 (a) consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or 
  
 (b) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another corporation, Person or entity, unless: 
  
 (i) either (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (B) the entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Company) or to which the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District
of Columbia; 
  
 (ii) the entity or Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person to which the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the Obligations of the Company
under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default exists; and 
  
 (iv) except in the case of (A) a merger of the Company with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company and (B) a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction: 
  
 (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving corporation, the Company’s Debt to Adjusted
Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio at the time of the transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as of such date for balance sheet purposes and as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full
fiscal quarter period of the Company for which internal financial statements are available for income statement purposes, would have been less than the Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio for the same period without giving
pro forma effect to such transaction, or 
  

 57 

 (B) in the case of any other such transaction, the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash
Flow of the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, at the time of the
transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as of such date for balance sheet purposes and as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of such entity or Person for
which internal financial statements are available for income statement purposes, would have been less than the Company’s Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio for the same period without giving pro forma effect to such transaction;
provided that for purposes of determining the Debt to Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of any entity or Person for purposes of this clause (d) the entity or Person will be substituted for the Company in the definition of Debt to Adjusted
Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio and the defined terms included therein under Section 4.09 hereof. 
  
 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 
  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the
successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and
after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may
exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 6.01. Events of Default.

  
 Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default:

  
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when
due of interest on the Notes; 
  
 (2) default in
payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
  
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under Article 5 hereof or failure by the Company to consummate a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (4)
failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class, to comply with any of its other agreements
in the Indenture or the Notes; 
  

 58 

 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default: 
  
 (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace
period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of the default (a “Payment Default”); or 
  
 (b) results in the acceleration of the Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; 
  
 (6) failure by the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or 
  
 (7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
in an involuntary case, 
  
 (c) consents to the
appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 
  
 (8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (a) is
for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; 
  
 (b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
  

 59 

 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
  
 If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest if any, on such Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or
notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with
any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
  
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All
remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04.
Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 Holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default
or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom
shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising
any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the
rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder
of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
  
 (1) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  

 60 

 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request
to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (3) such Holder of a Note
or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
  
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity;
and 
  
 (5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
  
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Holder of a Note. 
  
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive
Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall
be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to
the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any Custodian in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a
Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement
or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed 
  

 61 

 to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 6.10. Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out
the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the
Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date
and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any
suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

  
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only
those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  

 62 

 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for
interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written and oral advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of
any agent appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  

 63 

 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice
from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the
Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or
resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing
and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Within 60 days after each May 1 beginning with the May 1 following the date
of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a)
has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the
Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock
exchange. 
  

 64 

 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and
services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and
expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section
7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such
loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company
of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not
pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee
shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions
of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 7.08. Replacement
of Trustee. 
  
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and
appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
  
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  

 65 

 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to
the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (c) a Custodian or
public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the
Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $75 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  

 66 

 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT
DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at the option of its Board
of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article
Eight. 
  
 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding
Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such
Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged
hereunder: 
  
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to
receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due; 
  
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2
and Section 4.02 hereof; 
  
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and 
  
 (4) this Article Eight. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance.

  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01
hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09,
4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the 
  

 67 

 outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection
with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01
hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

  
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance: 
  
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the
Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 
  
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
  
 (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
  
 (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
either: 
  
 (a) on the date of such deposit
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); or 
  

 68 

 (b) insofar as Sections 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) hereof are concerned, at any time in the
period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
  
 (5)
such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is
a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that on the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 
  
 (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company
or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and 
  
 (8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  
 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall
be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine,
to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for
the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything
in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof
which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the
amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

 69 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company
on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to
such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause
to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
  
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be
revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be;
provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to
receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the
Notes without the consent of any Holder of Notes: 
  
 (1) to cure
any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the
Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 
  
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of Notes; 
  
 (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  

 70 

 (6) to provide for the issuance of the Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in
this Indenture as of the date hereof. 
  
 Upon the request of the
Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including
Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class, (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes, voting as a single class, (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be
“outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of
the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such
amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental Indenture. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the
consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair
or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class, may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce the principal amount of
Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  

 71 

 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the
provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes, except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof; 
  
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
  
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); 
  
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than
that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (6) make any change in the
provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
  
 (7) waive a redemption payment (but not any payment pursuant to Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof) with respect to any
Note; 
  
 (8) except as provided under Article Eight hereof or in
accordance with the terms of any Note Guarantee, release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or make any change in a Note Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes; or 
  
 (9) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing
amendment and waiver provisions. 
  
 Section
9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every
amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by
the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or
subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in
accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

 72 

 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of
such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not
sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in
relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

  
 ARTICLE 10 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 10.01. Guarantee. 
  
 The provisions of this Article 10 shall apply only to those Subsidiaries of the Company, if any, that execute one or more supplemental indentures to this
Indenture in the form of Exhibit E to this Indenture in compliance with the requirements of Section 4.18 of this Indenture. 
  
 Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and
interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed
or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or
thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence,
presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this
Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  

 73 

 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the
Guarantors or any Custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 Each
Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as
between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such
obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the
exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. 
  
 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
  
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties
that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
  
 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor
hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit F shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed
on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents. 
  
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note
Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
  

 74 

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due
delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
  
 In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.18 hereof, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental
indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person) another Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 
  
 (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor,
pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and 
  
 (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event
of Default exists. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger,
sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.
Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had
been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 Except as set
forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or
shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
  

	Section	 	10.05. Releases Following Sale of Assets. 

  
 In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other
disposition of all to the capital stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition,
by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be
released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation
Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the 
  

 75 

 Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was
made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its
obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
  
 Any Guarantor not
released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

 
 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
  
 Section 11.02. Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person
or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Company: 
  

Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 570-3150 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 
 825 Eighth Avenue 
 New York, New York 10019 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 474-3700 
 Attention: Stephen L. Burns, Esq. 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 815-5915 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 
  

 76 

 The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and
communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back,
if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt
requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent
required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives
it. 
  
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders,
it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

	Section	 	11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

  
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

  
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been satisfied; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of
Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been
satisfied. 
  

	Section	 	11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
  
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  

 77 

 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the
statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
has been satisfied; and 
  
 (d) a statement as to whether or not,
in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  
 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions; provided that no such
rule shall conflict with the terms of this Indenture or the TIA. 
  
 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  
 Section 11.08. Governing Law. 
  
 THE INTERNAL
LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 Section 11.09. No
Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This
Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 Section 11.10. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
  
 Section 11.11. Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  

 78 

 Section 11.12. Counterpart Originals. 
  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 Section 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 79 

 SIGNATURES 
  
 Dated as of December 2, 2003 
  

	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ W. Benjamin Moreland

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 W. Benjamin Moreland

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Senior Vice President

  
 Attest: /s/ Donald J. Reid, Jr.

  

	 	 	  

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Donald J. Reid, Jr.

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Secretary

  

	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ M. Ciesmelewski

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 Margaret M. Ciesmelewski

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 Vice President

  
 Attest: 
  

	 	 	  

	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

	 	 	 Date:

 EXHIBIT A 
  

	[Face of Note]
	

	 [Insert Original Issue Discount
	 	 144A Note CUSIP: 228227AU8

	 Legend, if applicable, pursuant to
	 	 144A Note ISIN: US228227AU8I

	 the provisions of the Indenture]
	 	 Reg S Note CUSIP: U2159JAE0

	 	 	 Reg S Note ISIN: USU2159JAE02

  
 7.5% Senior Notes due
2013 
  

	 No.        
	 	$                

  
 CROWN CASTLE
INTERNATIONAL CORP. 
  
 promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns,

 the principal sum of
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                    DOLLARS 
 on December 1, 2013. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 
  
 Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 
  
 Dated: December
2, 2003 
  

	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 This is one of the Notes
referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, 
   as Trustee 
  

	 By:

	Authorized Signatory

  

 [Back of Note] 
 7.5% Senior Notes due 2013 
  
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1. INTEREST. Crown Castle International
Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.5% per annum from December 2, 2003 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and
December 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 1, 2004. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium and Special Interest, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 2.
METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the November
15 or May 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The
Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be
made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium on, all Global
Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 3.
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, United States Trust Company of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  
 4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as December 2, 2003 (“Indenture”)
between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the
“Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of
the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and may be issued in an unlimited amount. 
  

 A-2 

 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
  
 (a) Except as provided in clause (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes will not
be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to December 1, 2008. On or after December 1, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2008
	  	103.750	%
	 2009
	  	102.500	%
	 2010
	  	101.250	%
	 2011 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) Notwithstanding
the provisions of clause (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time during the period after the date of the original issuance of the Notes until December 1, 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes originally issued at a redemption price equal to 107.500% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed on the redemption date with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings and/or Strategic
Equity Investments provided that: 
  
 (1) at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); and 
  
 (2) the redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of the closing of such
Public Equity Offering or Strategic Equity Investment. 
  
 6.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 
  
 Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF
HOLDER. 
  
 (a) If there is a
Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each
Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company
shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (as “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash
in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale 

  

 A-3 

 
Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an
offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the
Notes. 
  
 8. NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations
larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption. 
  
 9. DENOMINATIONS,
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 11.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide
for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 12. DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes, (iii) failure by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries to comply with Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi)
certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with 

  

 A-4 

 
respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will
become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any
existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH
COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 14.
NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under
the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for the issuance of the Notes. 
  
 15.
AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in
common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 17. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a
recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to: Crown Castle International Corp., 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500, Houston, Texas 77057, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. 
  

 A-5 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
                                       
                                        
                                        
                
 (Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

 (Insert
assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

  

  

  

 (Print or type
assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

  
 and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
 Date: _____________________ 
  
 Your Signature: _____________________________________ 
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 
  
 Signature Guarantee*: _____________________ 

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-6 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

	  ̈  Section 4.10
	  	 ̈  Section 4.15

  
 If you want to elect
to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

$____________________ 
  
 Date: ____________________ 
  
 Your Signature: _____________________________________ 
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 
  
 Tax Identification No.: ______________________________ 
  
 Signature Guarantee*: _____________________ 

	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-7 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

	 Date of Exchange

	  	 Amount of decrease in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note

	  	 Amount of increase in
 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
 following such decrease
 (or increase)

	  	 Signature of
 authorized officer of
 Trustee or Note
 Custodian

	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-8 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
  
 [Registrar address block] 
  
 Re: 7.5% Senior Notes Due 2013 
  
 Reference is hereby
made to the Indenture, dated as of December 2, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between Crown Castle International Corp., as issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                     , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s]
specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”),
to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive
Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole
investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery
of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the
Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on
its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person
acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the
Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the 

  

 B-1 

 
expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial
Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Regulation S Global Note, and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will
take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and
accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

  
 OR 
  
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 OR 
  
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
  
 OR 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in
any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the
requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of
which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of

  

 B-2 

 
the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

(b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to
Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes
and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
	
	 By:

	   Name:

	   Title:

  
 Dated: ________________ 
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 
  
 [CHECK ONE OF (A) OR (B)] 
  
 (a)  ̈ a
beneficial interest in the: 
  
 (i)    ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  
 (ii)   ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 
  
 (iii)  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 
  
       (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 
  
 2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 
  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  
       (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 
  
 (i)    ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  
 (ii)   ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or 
  
 (iii)  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 
  
 (iv)  ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or 
  
       (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 
  
       (c)  ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 
  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
  
 [Registrar address block] 
  
 Re: 7.5% Senior Notes due 2013 
  
 (CUSIP
                    ) 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 2, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between Crown Castle International Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
             , (the “Owner”) owns and
proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note 

  

 C-1 

 
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued
will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest
in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities
Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

 C-2 

	  

 [Insert Name of Transferor]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	     Name:

	     Title:

  
 Dated:                      
  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 Crown Castle International Corp. 
 510 Bering Drive, Suite 500 
 Houston, Texas 77057 
  
 [Registrar address block] 
  
 Re: 7.5% Senior Notes due 2013 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 2, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between Crown Castle International Corp., as
issuer (the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$                     aggregate principal amount of: 
  

(a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note,
or 
  
 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 
  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes
and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any
interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the
provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note
from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  

 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be
required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts
(each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	     Name:

	     Title:

  
 Dated:___________________ 
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE
DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of             , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. (or its permitted
successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 2, 2003 providing for the issuance of an unlimited amount of 7.5% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to
the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the
“Note Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS, pursuant to
Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture. 
  
 2. AGREEMENT TO
GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	 	Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its
successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

  

	 	(i)	 	the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 	 in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed
in accordance with the terms of the extension or 

  

 E-1 

	 	 
renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. 

  

	 	(b)	 	The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the
same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 

  

	 	(c)	 	The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to
require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 

  

	 	(d)	 	This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture. 

  

	 	(e)	 	If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting
in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 

  

	 	(f)	 	The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. 

  

	 	(g)	 	As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided
in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 

 

	 	(h)	 	The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the
Guarantee. 

  

	 	(i)	 	Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable
Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under
Article 10 of the Indenture shall result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  

 E-2 

 3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary
agrees that the Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  
 4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON
CERTAIN TERMS. 
  

	 	(a)	 	The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation, Person or entity whether or
not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 

  

	 	(i)	 	subject to Section 10.05 of the Indenture, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all
the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and

  

	 	(ii)	 	immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 

  

	 	(b)	 	In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee
and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor corporation shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes
issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees
theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

  

	 	(c)	 	Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

  
 5. RELEASES. 
  

	 	(a)	 	 In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of
all to the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the 

  

 E-3 

	 	 
capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture,
including without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its
Note Guarantee. 

  

	 	(b)	 	Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other
obligations of any Guarantor under the Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the Indenture. 

  
 6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture
or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  
 7. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. 
  
 8. COUNTERPARTS The parties may sign
any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 9. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof. 
  
 10. THE
TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are
made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
  
 IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  
 Dated: _______________ 
  

 E-4 

	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	
	 [OTHER GUARANTORS]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title

	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as
Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 E-5 

 EXHIBIT F 
  

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
  
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 2, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among CROWN CASTLE INTERNATIONAL CORP. and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as trustee (the “Trustee”),
(a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue
principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the
Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
  
  

	 [NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 F-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}]]